WO2017020041A1 - Thermally strengthened glass and related systems and methods - Google Patents

Thermally strengthened glass and related systems and methods Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017020041A1
WO2017020041A1 PCT/US2016/045025 US2016045025W WO2017020041A1 WO 2017020041 A1 WO2017020041 A1 WO 2017020041A1 US 2016045025 W US2016045025 W US 2016045025W WO 2017020041 A1 WO2017020041 A1 WO 2017020041A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
glass
glass article
article
sheet
major surface
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2016/045025
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Richard Orr Maschmeyer
John Christopher Thomas
Kevin Lee Wasson
Original Assignee
Corning Incorporated
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US14/814,303 external-priority patent/US9783448B2/en
Application filed by Corning Incorporated filed Critical Corning Incorporated
Publication of WO2017020041A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017020041A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03CCHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF GLASSES, GLAZES OR VITREOUS ENAMELS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF GLASS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF FIBRES OR FILAMENTS MADE FROM GLASS, MINERALS OR SLAGS; JOINING GLASS TO GLASS OR OTHER MATERIALS
    • C03C23/00Other surface treatment of glass not in the form of fibres or filaments
    • C03C23/007Other surface treatment of glass not in the form of fibres or filaments by thermal treatment
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B27/00Tempering or quenching glass products
    • C03B27/016Tempering or quenching glass products by absorbing heat radiated from the glass product
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B27/00Tempering or quenching glass products
    • C03B27/04Tempering or quenching glass products using gas
    • C03B27/0404Nozzles, blow heads, blowing units or their arrangements, specially adapted for flat or bent glass sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B27/00Tempering or quenching glass products
    • C03B27/04Tempering or quenching glass products using gas
    • C03B27/0413Stresses, e.g. patterns, values or formulae for flat or bent glass sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B27/00Tempering or quenching glass products
    • C03B27/04Tempering or quenching glass products using gas
    • C03B27/044Tempering or quenching glass products using gas for flat or bent glass sheets being in a horizontal position
    • C03B27/0442Tempering or quenching glass products using gas for flat or bent glass sheets being in a horizontal position for bent glass sheets
    • C03B27/0445Tempering or quenching glass products using gas for flat or bent glass sheets being in a horizontal position for bent glass sheets the quench unit being adapted to the bend of the sheet
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B27/00Tempering or quenching glass products
    • C03B27/04Tempering or quenching glass products using gas
    • C03B27/044Tempering or quenching glass products using gas for flat or bent glass sheets being in a horizontal position
    • C03B27/0442Tempering or quenching glass products using gas for flat or bent glass sheets being in a horizontal position for bent glass sheets
    • C03B27/0447Tempering or quenching glass products using gas for flat or bent glass sheets being in a horizontal position for bent glass sheets the quench unit being variably adaptable to the bend of the sheet
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B27/00Tempering or quenching glass products
    • C03B27/04Tempering or quenching glass products using gas
    • C03B27/044Tempering or quenching glass products using gas for flat or bent glass sheets being in a horizontal position
    • C03B27/048Tempering or quenching glass products using gas for flat or bent glass sheets being in a horizontal position on a gas cushion
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B29/00Reheating glass products for softening or fusing their surfaces; Fire-polishing; Fusing of margins
    • C03B29/04Reheating glass products for softening or fusing their surfaces; Fire-polishing; Fusing of margins in a continuous way
    • C03B29/06Reheating glass products for softening or fusing their surfaces; Fire-polishing; Fusing of margins in a continuous way with horizontal displacement of the products
    • C03B29/08Glass sheets
    • C03B29/12Glass sheets being in a horizontal position on a fluid support, e.g. a gas or molten metal
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B35/00Transporting of glass products during their manufacture, e.g. hot glass lenses, prisms
    • C03B35/14Transporting hot glass sheets or ribbons, e.g. by heat-resistant conveyor belts or bands
    • C03B35/145Transporting hot glass sheets or ribbons, e.g. by heat-resistant conveyor belts or bands by top-side transfer or supporting devices, e.g. lifting or conveying using suction
    • C03B35/147Transporting hot glass sheets or ribbons, e.g. by heat-resistant conveyor belts or bands by top-side transfer or supporting devices, e.g. lifting or conveying using suction of the non-contact type
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02PCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P40/00Technologies relating to the processing of minerals
    • Y02P40/50Glass production, e.g. reusing waste heat during processing or shaping
    • Y02P40/57Improving the yield, e-g- reduction of reject rates

Definitions

  • the disclosure relates generally to thermally conditioned (e.g., strengthened, tempered, heated, etc.) glass, and specifically relates to thermally strengthened glass and to related methods and systems for the thermal strengthening of glass, particularly for thin glass sheets.
  • thermally conditioned glass e.g., strengthened, tempered, heated, etc.
  • Thermal strengthening of glass is distinguished from chemical strengthening of glass, in which surface compressive stresses are generated by changing the chemical composition of the glass in regions near the surface by a process such as ion diffusion.
  • exterior portions of glass may be strengthened by exchanging larger ions for smaller ions near the glass surface to impart a compressive stress (also called negative tensile stress) on or near the surface.
  • the compressive stress is believed to limit crack initiation and/or propagation.
  • Thermal strengthening of glass also is distinguished from glass strengthened by processes in which exterior portions of the glass are strengthened or arranged by combining two types of glass. In such processes, layers of glass compositions that have differing coefficients of thermal expansion are combined or laminated together while hot. For example, by sandwiching molten glass with a higher coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) between layers of molten glass with a lower CTE, positive tension in the interior glass compresses the outer layers when the glasses cool, again forming compressive stress on the surface to balance the positive tensile stress. This surface compressive stress provides strengthening.
  • CTE coefficient of thermal expansion
  • Thermally strengthened glass has advantages relative to unstrengthened glass.
  • the surface compression of the strengthened glass provides greater resistance to fracture than unstrengthened glass.
  • the increase in strength generally is proportional to the amount of surface compression stress. If a sheet possesses a sufficient level of thermal strengthening, relative to its thickness, then if the sheet is broken, generally it will divide into small fragments rather than into large or elongated fragments with sharp edges. Glass that breaks into sufficiently small fragments, or "dices,” as defined by various established standards, may be known as safety glass, or "fully tempered” glass, or sometimes simply "tempered” glass.
  • aspects of the present disclosure also relate generally to glass or glass-ceramic that has a stress profile for strengthening exterior portions thereof.
  • Glass and glass-ceramic articles such as sheets of glass, may be used for a broad range of applications. Examples of such applications include use in windows, countertops, containers (e.g., food, chemical), use as a backplane, frontplane, cover glass, etc., for a display device (e.g., tablet, cellular phone, television), use as a high-temperature substrate or support structure, or other applications.
  • This disclosure relates, in part, to highly strengthened thin glass sheets and articles, and to methods, processes, and systems that achieve surprisingly high levels of heat
  • the process and method of the current disclosure is believed to surpass the glass thickness limits and heat transfer rates provided by conventional convective gas thermal strengthening processes without the need to contact the glass with liquid or solid heat sinks.
  • the glass is contacted only with a gas.
  • the systems and methods disclosed enable thermal strengthening, including up to "full temper" or dicing behavior, in glass sheets having thicknesses down to at least as thin as 0.1 mm (in at least some contemplated embodiments); and in some embodiments, provides this strengthening in a thin glass sheet that also has a low roughness and a high degree of flatness resulting from the lack of liquid or solid contact during quenching.
  • these advantageous glass sheet material properties are provided by a system and method with substantially lower quenching power requirements, as compared to conventional convective glass tempering systems.
  • One embodiment of the disclosure relates to a process for thermally strengthening a glass material.
  • the process includes providing article formed from a glass material.
  • the process includes heating the article above a glass transition temperature of the glass material.
  • the process includes moving the heated article into a cooling station.
  • the cooling station includes a heat sink having a heat sink surface facing the heated article and a gas gap separating the heat sink surface from the heated article such that the heat sink surface does not touch the heated article.
  • the process includes cooling the heated article to a temperature below the glass transition temperature such that surface compressive stresses and central tensile stresses are created within the article.
  • the article is cooled by transferring thermal energy from the heated article to the heat sink by conduction across the gap such that more than 20% of the thermal energy leaving the heated article crosses the gap and is received by the heat sink.
  • Another embodiment of the disclosure relates to a system for thermally strengthening a glass sheet.
  • the system includes a heating station including a heating element delivering heat to the glass sheet, and the glass sheet includes a first major surface, a second major surface and a thickness between the first and second major surfaces.
  • the system includes a cooling station, including opposing first and second heat sink surfaces defining a channel therebetween such that during cooling the glass sheet is located within the channel.
  • the system includes a gas bearing delivering pressurized gas to the channel such that the glass sheet is supported within the channel without touching the first and second heat sink surfaces, and the gas bearing defines a gap area.
  • the gas bearing delivers a gas into the channel such that a total mass flow rate of gas into the channel is greater than zero and less than 2k/gC p per square meter of gap area, where k is the thermal conductivity of a gas within the channel evaluated in the direction of heat conduction, g is the distance between the glass sheet and the heat sink surface, and C p is the specific heat capacity of the gas within the channel.
  • the article includes a first major surface, a second major surface opposite the first major surface and an interior region located between the first and second major surfaces.
  • the article includes an average thickness between the first major surface and second major surface of less than 2 mm.
  • the article includes at least 50%, 60% or as much as 70% silicon dioxide by weight.
  • An ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of both the first major surface and the second major surface is the same as an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of the interior region.
  • the first major surface and the second major surfaces are under compressive stress and the interior region is under tensile stress, and the compressive stress is greater than 150 MPa.
  • a surface roughness of the first major surface is between 0.2 and 1.5 nm R a roughness.
  • the strengthened glass article includes a first major surface, a second major surface opposite the first major surface, an interior region located between the first and second major surfaces and an outer edge surface extending between and surrounding the first and second major surfaces such that the outer edge surface defines the perimeter of the article.
  • the article is thermally tempered such that the first major is under compressive stress, and the compress stress is less than 600 MPa and greater than the compressive stress defined by equations 7, 8 and 9, where h is greater than or equal to 0.020.
  • At least a portion of the first major surface is a curved surface including a first radius of curvature, and the first radius of curvature is 1 mm or more, and less than 1000m, 100 m, 50 m, 10 m, 5 m, or even 1 m.
  • Another embodiment of the disclosure relates to a process for shaping and thermally strengthening a glass material.
  • the process includes heating a glass article above a glass transition temperature of the glass material, the glass article formed from the glass material, the glass article having a first surface and a second surface opposite the first surface.
  • the process includes shaping the heated glass article such that the at least a portion of the first surface is curved and comprises a first radius of curvature.
  • the first radius of curvature is 1 mm or more, and less than 1000m, 100 m, 50 m, 10 m, 5 m, or even 1 m.
  • the process includes cooling the heated and shaped glass article in a cooling station.
  • the cooling station includes a heat sink having opposing heat sink surfaces facing the first and second surfaces of the glass article such that first and second gaps separate the heat sink surfaces from the first and second surfaces of the glass article, respectively, and such that the heat sink surfaces do not touch either the first surface or the second surface of the glass article.
  • the glass article is cooled within the cooling station without contacting either the first surface or the second surface to a temperature below the glass transition temperature.
  • the glass article is cooled by transferring thermal energy from the heated glass article to the heat sink by conduction across the gaps such that more than 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%), 60%) or even 75% of the thermal energy leaving the heated glass article crosses the gaps and is received by the heat sink.
  • Another embodiment of the disclosure relates to a process for thermally strengthening a glass article.
  • the process includes heating a glass article, formed from the glass material, above a glass transition temperature of the glass material.
  • the glass article has a first surface and a second surface opposite the first surface, and at least a portion of the first surface is defined by a first radius of curvature that is 1 mm or more and less than 1000m, 100 m, 50 m, 10 m, 5 m, or even 1 m.
  • the process includes moving the heated glass article into a cooling station including a heat sink having a heat sink surface facing the heated glass article and a gas gap separating the heat sink surface from the heated glass article such that the heat sink surface does not touch the heated glass article.
  • the process includes cooling the heated glass article to a temperature below the glass transition temperature such that compressive stress of the first surface of the glass article is less than 600 MPa and greater than the compressive stress defined by equations 7, 8 and 9, where h is greater than or equal to 0.020.
  • the glass article is cooled by transferring thermal energy from the heated glass article to the heat sink by conduction across the gap such that more than 20% of the thermal energy leaving the heated glass article crosses the gap and is received by the heat sink.
  • FIG. 1 is a graph of blower power required for "full tempering" as a function of glass thickness.
  • FIG. 2 is a graph of blower power required for "full tempering" as a function of glass thickness for an old process or machine O and a newer process or machine N.
  • FIG. 3 (Prior Art) is a graph of the old curve O and the new curve N of FIG. 2 scaled to match and superimposed upon the graph of FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 4 is a perspective view of a glass or glass-ceramic article or sheet according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagrammatic partial cross-section of a thermally strengthened glass sheet of FIG. 4 according an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 6 is a graphical representation of estimated tensile stress versus thickness for a glass or glass-ceramic article according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 7 shows a portion of a fractured glass or glass-ceramic article according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 8 is a plot of fragmentation per square centimeter as a function of positive tensile stress from experiment.
  • FIG. 9 is a plot of the magnitude of negative tensile stress at the surface as a function of initial hot zone temperature from experiment, showing a threshold to achieve dicing.
  • FIG. 10 is a plot of the non-dimensional surface fictive temperature parameter 0s for fictive temperatures obtained by one or more embodiments of methods and systems of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a plot of surface compression stresses calculated by simulation for differing glass compositions, plotted against a proposed temperability parameter ⁇ for the various compositions shown.
  • FIGS. 12 and 13 are graphs of two parameters Pi and P 2 as functions of heat transfer coefficient h.
  • FIG. 14 is a graph of MPa of surface compression of a glass sheet as a function of thickness t of the sheet in millimeters, showing regions of performance newly opened by one or more embodiments of the systems and methods of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15 is a graph showing compressive stress as a function of thickness plotted for selected exemplary embodiments of tempered glass sheets of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 16 is a flow chart illustrating some aspects of a method according to the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 17 is a flow chart illustrating some aspects of another method according to the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 18 is the graph of FIG. 3 with a region R and points A, B, A' and B' marked thereon to show a region in which the methods and systems of the present disclosure allow operation, in contrast to the prior art.
  • FIG. 19 is another representation of the region R and points A, B, A' and B' of FIG. 18, but shown adjacent to (and positioned relative to the scale) of a reduced size copy of FIG. 2.
  • FIG. 20 (Prior Art) is a graph of the required heat transfer coefficient needed for tempering as a function of glass thickness.
  • FIG. 21 is a diagrammatic cross-section of a glass sheet being cooled by conduction more than by convection, according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic cross-sectional diagram of a conductive strengthening system according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 23 is a perspective cut-away view of another embodiment of a system similar to that of FIG. 22 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 24 is a perspective cut-away view of an alternative embodiment of the inset feature of FIG. 23 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 25 is a perspective cut-away view of yet another alternative embodiment of the inset feature of FIG. 23 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 26 is a flow chart illustrating some aspects of yet another method according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 27 is a perspective view of a building with glass windows according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 28 is a perspective view of a display on a countertop according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 29 is an exploded perspective view of a device including glass or glass-ceramic articles according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 30 is a perspective view of a glass or glass-ceramic article or sheet according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 31 is a perspective view of a conductive strengthening system configured to strengthen a curved glass article according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 32 is a perspective cross-sectional view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 31 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 33 is a perspective view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 31 with the upper section of the gas bearing removed according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 34 is a perspective view of a conductive strengthening system configured to strengthen and shape a glass article according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 35 is a perspective cross-sectional view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 34 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 36 is a top plan view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 34 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 37 is a perspective view of a conductive strengthening system configured to strengthen and shape a glass article according to another exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 38 is a perspective cross-sectional view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 37 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 39 is a perspective view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 37 with the upper section of the gas bearing removed according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 40 is a perspective view of a conductive strengthening system configured to strengthen and shape a glass article according to another exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 41 is a perspective cross-sectional view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 40 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 42 is a perspective view of a conductive strengthening system configured to strengthen and shape a glass article according to another exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 43 is a perspective cross-sectional view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 42 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 44 is a perspective view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 42 with the upper section of the gas bearing removed according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 45 is a perspective view of a curved, thermally strengthened glass article according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Applicant has recognized a need for improvements in thermal processing of glass, both in methods and systems for thermally strengthening glass and the resulting thermally strengthened glass sheets themselves. For example, thinner, but strong optical-quality glass sheet materials and products comprising such glass sheets are useful for a number of
  • Glass is very strong in compression but relatively weak against tension at the surface. By providing compression at the surface of a sheet, balanced by tension at the center where there is no exposed surface, the useful strength of a glass sheet is dramatically increased.
  • traditional thermal strengthening of glass is generally cheaper and faster relative to alternative methods of strengthening (e.g., chemical strengthening, lamination-based strengthening), traditional thermal strengthening of glass is not known to be effective for strengthening thin glass (e.g., glass sheets of 2-3 mm or less).
  • the present description provides improved methods and systems for utilizing thermal strengthening to produce highly strengthened glass materials, and in particular highly
  • the methods and systems solve a variety of the limitations of conventional glass strengthening processes, allowing for high levels of strengthening in glass sheets with thicknesses less than about 3 mm, less than 2 mm, less than 1.5 mm, less than 1.0 mm, less than 0.5 mm, less than about 0.25 mm, and less than about 0.1 mm.
  • Applicant has developed a system and method that provides a very high rate of thermal conduction forming a large enough temperature differential between the surface and center of a glass sheet to provide strengthening or tempering even in very thin glass sheets.
  • sheet thickness also imposes significant limits on the achievable temperature differential during quenching.
  • FIG. 1 shows the power required by air blowers (in kilowatts per square meter of glass sheet area) employed to blow sufficient ambient air to "fully temper" soda- lime glass (“SLG”), as a function of glass thickness in millimeters, based on industry standard thermal strengthening processes developed 35 years ago.
  • SSG soda- lime glass
  • Liquid contact strengthening in the form of immersion in liquid baths or flowing liquids, as well as in the form of spraying, has been used to achieve higher cooling rates than convective gas strengthening, but has the drawback of causing excessive thermal variations across a sheet during the cooling process.
  • immersion or immersion-like spraying or flowing of liquids large thermal variations over small areas can occur due to convection currents that arise spontaneously within the liquid bath or liquid flow.
  • finer spraying the discrete spray droplets and the effects of nozzle spray patterns also produce significant thermal variations. Excessive thermal variations tend to cause glass breakage during thermal strengthening by liquid contact, which can be mitigated by limiting the cooling rates, but limiting cooling rates also lowers the resulting strengths that can be achieved.
  • liquid cooling methods such as high cooling rate quenching by oil immersion and various spraying techniques, can alter the glass surface during such cooling, requiring later removal of glass material from the sheet surface to produce a satisfactory finish.
  • Solid contact thermal strengthening involves contacting the surface of the hot glass with a cooler solid surface.
  • excessive thermal variations like those seen in liquid contact strengthening, can easily arise during the quenching process. Any imperfection in the surface finish of the glass sheet, in the quenching surfaces, or in the consistency of the thickness of the sheet, results in imperfect contact over some area of the sheet, and this imperfect contact may cause large thermal variations that tend to break the glass during processing and may also cause unwanted birefringence if the sheet survives.
  • contacting the hot glass sheet with a solid object can lead to the formation of surface defects, such as chips, checks, cracks, scratches, and the like.
  • the present disclosure surpasses the traditional processes described above to effectively, efficiently, and evenly thermally strengthen thin glass sheets at commercial scales without generating various flaws common in conventional processes, e.g., without damaging the surface of the glass, without inducing birefringence, without uneven strengthening, and/or without causing unacceptable breakage, etc.
  • tempered/strengthened glass sheets can be produced by one or more of the embodiments disclosed herein.
  • the systems and processes discussed herein accomplish this by providing very high heat transfer rates in a precise manner, with good physical control and gentle handling of the glass.
  • the processes and systems discussed herein utilize a small-gap, gas bearing in the cooling/quenching section that Applicant has identified as allowing for processing thin glass sheets at higher relative temperatures at the start of cooling, resulting in higher thermal strengthening levels. As described below, this small-gap, gas bearing
  • cooling/quenching section achieves very high heat transfer rates via conductive heat transfer to heat sink(s) across the gap, rather than using high air flow based convective cooling.
  • This high rate conductive heat transfer is achieved while not contacting the glass with liquid or solid material, by supporting the glass on gas bearings within the gap.
  • Applicant has also identified that, in at least some embodiments, the processes and systems discussed herein form thermally strengthened glass, specifically thermally strengthened thin glass, having one or more unique properties.
  • Some embodiments of glass sheets treated by methods and/or systems according to the present disclosure have higher levels of permanent thermally induced stresses than previously known. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the achieved levels of thermally induced stress are obtainable for a combination of reasons.
  • the high uniformity of the heat transfer in the processes detailed herein reduces or removes physical and unwanted thermal stresses in the glass, allowing glass sheets to be tempered at higher heat transfer rates without breaking.
  • the present methods can be performed at lower glass sheet viscosities (higher initial temperatures at the start of quench), while still preserving the desired glass flatness and form, which provides a much greater change in temperature in the cooling process, thus increasing the heat strengthening levels achieved.
  • thermally strengthened glass sheets particularly thin glass sheets
  • the thermally strengthened, thin glass sheets formed as discussed herein have one or more unique properties and/or combinations of properties, previously unachievable through conventional thermal or other tempering methods.
  • FIG. 4 shows a perspective view of a thermally strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article or sheet 500
  • FIG. 5 is a diagrammatic partial cross-section of thermally strengthened glass sheet 500 according to one or more embodiments.
  • a strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 500 (e.g., sheet, beam, plate), includes a first major surface 510, a second major surface 520 (dotted line to back side of the sheet 500, which may be translucent as disclosed herein), and a body 522 extending therebetween.
  • the second major surface 520 is on an opposite side of the body 522 from the first major surface 510 such that a thickness t of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is defined as a distance between the first and second major surfaces 510, 520, where the thickness t is also a dimension of depth.
  • a width, w, of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is defined as a first dimension of one of the first or second major surfaces 510, 520 orthogonal to the thickness t.
  • a length, /, of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is defined as a second dimension of one of the first or second major surfaces 510, 520 orthogonal to both the thickness t and the width w.
  • thickness t of glass sheet 500 is less than length / of glass sheet 500. In other exemplary embodiments, thickness t of glass sheet 500 is less than width w of glass sheet 500. In yet other exemplary embodiments, thickness t of glass sheet 500 is less than both length / and width w of glass sheet 500. As shown in FIG. 5, glass sheet 500 further has regions of permanent thermally induced compressive stress 530 and 540 at and/or near the first and second major surfaces 510, 520, balanced by a region of permanent thermally induced central tensile stress 550 (i.e., tension) in the central portion of the sheet.
  • regions of permanent thermally induced compressive stress 530 and 540 at and/or near the first and second major surfaces 510, 520, balanced by a region of permanent thermally induced central tensile stress 550 (i.e., tension) in the central portion of the sheet.
  • thickness t of glass sheet 500 ranges from 0.1 mm to 5.7 or 6.0 mm, including, in addition to the end point values, 0.2 mm, 0.28 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.55 mm, 0.7 mm, 1 mm, 1.1 mm, 1.5 mm, 1.8 mm, 2 mm, and 3.2 mm.
  • Contemplated embodiments include thermally strengthened glass sheets 500 having thicknesses t in ranges from 0.1 to 20 mm, from 0.1 to 16 mm, from 0.1 to 12 mm, from 0.1 to 8 mm, from 0.1 to 6 mm, from 0.1 to 4 mm, from 0.1 to 3 mm, from 0.1 to 2 mm, from 0.1 to less than 2 mm, from 0.1 to 1.5 mm, from 0.1 to 1 mm, from 0.1 to 0.7 mm, from 0.1 to 0.5 mm and from 0.1 to
  • glass sheets of 3 mm or less in thickness are used.
  • the glass thickness is about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 8 mm or less, about 6 mm or less, about 3 mm or less, about 2.5 mm or less, about 2 mm or less, about 1.8 mm or less, about 1.6 mm or less, about 1.4 mm or less, about 1.2 mm or less, about 1 mm or less, about 0.8 mm or less, about 0.7 mm or less, about 0.6 mm or less, about 0.5 mm or less, about 0.4 mm or less, about 0.3 mm or less, or about 0.28 mm or less.
  • thermally strengthened glass sheets have high aspect ratios -
  • the length and width to thickness ratios are large. Because the thermal tempering processes discussed herein do not rely on high pressures or large volumes of air, various glass sheet properties, such as surface roughness and flatness, can be maintained after tempering by the use of gas bearings and high thermal transfer rate systems discussed herein. Similarly, the thermal tempering processes discussed herein allow high aspect ratio glass sheets (i.e., glass sheets with high ratio of length to thickness, or of width to thickness, or both) to be thermally strengthened while retaining the desired or necessary shape. Specifically, sheets with length to thickness and/or width to thickness ratios ("aspect ratios") of approximately at least 10: 1, at least 20: 1, and up to and over 1000: 1 can be strengthened. In contemplated embodiments, sheets with aspect ratios of at least 200: 1, at least 500: 1, at least 1000: 1, at least 2000: 1, at least 4000: 1 can be strengthened.
  • the length / of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is greater than or equal to the width w, such as greater than twice the width w, greater than five times the width w, and/or no more than fifty times the width w.
  • the width w of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is greater than or equal to the thickness t, such as greater than twice the thickness t, greater than five times the thickness t, and/or no more than fifty times the thickness t.
  • the length / of the glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is at least 1 cm, such as at least 3 cm, at least 5 cm, at least 7.5 cm, at least 20 cm, at least 50 cm, and/or no more than 50 m, such as no more than 10 m, no more than 7.5 m, no more than 5 m.
  • the width w of the glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is at least 1 cm, such as at least 3 cm, at least 5 cm, at least 7.5 cm, at least 20 cm, at least 50 cm, and/or no more than 50 m, such as no more than 10 m, no more than 7.5 m, no more than 5 m.
  • glass or glass-ceramic is in the form a sheet 500 has a thickness t that is thinner than 5 cm, such as 2.5 cm or less, 1 cm or less, 5 mm or less, 2.5 mm or less, 2 mm or less, 1.7 mm or less, 1.5 mm or less, 1.2 mm or less, or even 1 mm or less in contemplated embodiments, such as 0.8 mm or less; and/or the thickness t is at least 10 ⁇ , such as at least 50 ⁇ , at least 100 ⁇ , at least 300 ⁇ .
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article may be sized other than as disclosed herein.
  • the length /, width w, and/or thickness t of the glass or glass-ceramic articles may vary, such as for more complex geometries (see generally FIG. 30), where dimensions disclosed herein at least apply to aspects of the corresponding glass or glass-ceramic articles having the above-described definitions of length /, width w, and thickness t with respect to one another.
  • first and/or second surfaces 510, 520 of glass sheet 500 has a relatively large surface area.
  • first and/or second surfaces 510, 520 having areas of at least 100 mm 2 , such as at least 900 mm 2 , at least 2500 mm 2 , at least 5000 mm 2 , at least 100 cm 2 , at least 900 cm 2 , at least 2500 cm 2 , at least 5000 cm 2 , and/or no more than 2500 m 2 , such as no more than 100 m 2 , no more than 5000 cm 2 , no more than 2500 cm 2 , no more than 1000 cm 2 , no more than 500 cm 2 , no more than 100 cm 2 .
  • the glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 may have a relatively large surface area; which, except by methods and systems disclosed herein, may be difficult or impossible to thermally strengthen particularly while having the thicknesses, surface qualities, and/or strain homogeneities of the glass sheets discussed herein. Further, except by methods and systems disclosed herein, it may be difficult or impossible to achieve the stress profile, particularly the negative tensile stress portion of the stress profile (see generally FIG. 6), without relying upon ion-exchange or a change in the type of glass.
  • the thermally strengthened glass sheets discussed herein may have surprisingly high surface compressive stresses, e.g., in regions 530, 540 shown in FIG. 5, surprisingly high central tensile stresses, e.g., in region 550 shown in FIG. 5, and/or unique stress profiles (see FIG. 6). This is particularly true considering the low thickness and/or other unique physical properties (e.g., very low roughness, high degree of flatness, various optical properties, fictive temperature properties, etc.) of glass sheet 500 as discussed herein.
  • unique physical properties e.g., very low roughness, high degree of flatness, various optical properties, fictive temperature properties, etc.
  • Compressive stresses of glasses can vary as a function of thickness t of the glasses.
  • glasses e.g., glass sheet 500, having a thickness of 3 mm or less have a compressive stress (e.g., surface compressive stress) of at least 80 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, at least 350 MPa, at least 400 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa.
  • a compressive stress e.g., surface compressive stress
  • glasses having a thickness of 2 mm or less have a compressive stress of at least 80 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 175 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, at least 350 MPa, at least 400 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa.
  • glasses having a thickness of 1.5 mm or less have a compressive stress of at least 80 MPa, at least 100-MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 175 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300-MPa, at least 350 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa.
  • glasses having a thickness of 1 mm or less have a compressive stress of at least 80 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 175 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa.
  • glasses having a thickness of 0.5 mm or less have a compressive stress of at least 20 MPa, at least 50 MPa, at least 80 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 175 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa.
  • the thermally induced central tension in glasses formed by the processes and systems disclosed herein may be greater than 40 MPa, greater than 50 MPa, greater than 75 MPa, greater than 100 MPa. In other embodiments, the thermally induced central tension may be less than 300 MPa, or less than 400 MPa. In some embodiments, the thermally induced central tension may be from about 50 MPa to about 300 MPa, about 60 MPa to about 200 MPa, about 70 MPa to about 150 MPa, or about 80 MPa to about 140 MPa. In some embodiments, the thermally strengthened glass sheets have high thinness i.e., are particularly thin.
  • a conceptual stress profile 560, at room temperature of 25° C and standard atmospheric pressure, of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 of FIG. 4, shows an interior portion 550 of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 under positive tensile stress and portions 530, 540 of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 exterior to and adjoining the interior portion 550 under negative tensile stress (e.g., positive compressive stress).
  • negative tensile stress e.g., positive compressive stress
  • strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 by limiting initiation and/or propagation of cracks therethrough.
  • tensile stress in the stress profile 560 sharply transitions between the positive tensile stress of the interior portion 550 and the negative tensile stress of the portions 530, 540 exterior to and adjoining the interior portion 550.
  • This sharp transition may be understood as a rate of change (i.e., slope) of the tensile stress which may be expressed as a magnitude of stress (e.g., 100 MPa, 200 MPa, 250 MPa, 300 MPa, 400 MPa, a difference in peak values of the positive and negative tensile stresses + ⁇ , - ⁇ ) divided by a distance of thickness over which the change occurs, such as a distance of 1 mm, such as a distance of 500 ⁇ , 250 ⁇ , 100 ⁇ (which is the distance used to quantify a rate of change, which may be a portion of article thickness, and not necessarily a dimension of the article geometry).
  • a rate of change i.e., slope
  • a magnitude of stress e.g., 100 MPa, 200 MPa, 250 MPa, 300 MPa, 400 MPa, a difference in peak values of the positive and negative tensile stresses + ⁇ , - ⁇
  • a distance of thickness over which the change occurs such as a distance of 1 mm, such as
  • the rate of change of the tensile stress does not exceed 7000 MPa divided by 1 mm, such as no more than 5000 MPa divided by 1 mm.
  • the difference in peak values of the positive and negative tensile stresses is at least 50 MPa, such as at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, at least 400 MPa, at least 500 MPa, and/or no more than 50 GPa.
  • the glass or glass- ceramic sheet 500 has a peak negative tensile stress of at least 50 MPa in magnitude, such as at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, at least 400 MPa, at least 500 MPa.
  • the steep tensile curve transitions generated by the system and method discussed herein are believed to be indicative of the ability to achieve higher magnitudes of negative tensile stress at a surface of a glass sheet for a given thickness and/or to manufacture thinner glass articles to a higher degree of negative tensile stress, such as to achieve a fragmentation potential for dicing as disclosed herein.
  • Conventional thermal tempering approaches may be unable to achieve such steep tensile stress curves.
  • the high rate of change of tensile stress is at least one of the above-described magnitudes or greater sustained over a thickness-wise stretch of the stress profile 560 that is at least 2% of the thickness, such as at least 5% of the thickness, at least 10% of the thickness, at least 15%> of the thickness, or at least 25% of the thickness of glass sheet 500.
  • the strengthening extends deep into the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 such that the thickness- wise stretch with the high rate of change of tensile stress is centered at a depth of between 20% and 80% into the thickness from the first surface, which may further distinguish chemical tempering for example.
  • the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article includes a change in the composition thereof in terms of ion content, conceptually shown as dotted line 562 in FIG. 6. More specifically, the composition of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 500 in such embodiments includes exchanged or implanted ions that influence the stress profile 560. In some such embodiments, the exchanged or implanted ions do not extend fully through the portions 530, 540 of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 500 under the negative tensile stress because the negative tensile stress is also a result of the thermal tempering as disclosed herein.
  • the curve of the tensile stress profile 560 with ion exchange strength augmentation includes a discontinuity or sudden change 564 in direction where tangents of the curve differ from one another on either side of the discontinuity or sudden change 564.
  • the sudden change 564 is located within the portions 530, 540 under negative tensile stress such that the tensile stress is negative on either side immediately adjacent to the discontinuity or sudden change 564.
  • the discontinuity or sudden change 564 may correspond to the depth of the different ion content, however in some such embodiments other parts of the portions 530, 540 under negative tensile stress still have the same composition in terms of ion content as the portion 550 under positive tensile stress.
  • the composition of at least a part of the portions 530, 540 of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500, which is under the negative tensile stress and is exterior to and adjoining the interior portion 550 is the same as the composition of at least a part of the interior portion 550, which is under the positive tensile stress.
  • at least some of the negative tensile stress of the stress profile is independent of a change in the composition (e.g., ion composition) of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500.
  • Such structure may simplify the composition of the strengthened glass or glass- ceramic sheet 500 at least to a degree by providing sufficient strength without and/or with less chemical tempering. Further, such structure may reduce stress concentrations within the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 due to discontinuity/changes in composition, possibly reducing chances of delamination and/or cracking at the composition discontinuity.
  • the glass will break like safety glass or "dice" when sufficiently damaged.
  • a glass sheet is considered to dice when an area of the glass sheet 25 cm 2 breaks into 40 or more pieces.
  • dicing is used as a qualitative measure of showing that the glass sheet is "fully tempered” (i.e., for 2 mm or thicker glass, where the glass sheet has a compressive stress of at least 65 MPa or an edge compression of at least 67 MPa).
  • glass sheet 500 has sufficient tensile stress in region of tensile stress 550 such that a 25 cm 2 piece of glass sheet 500 breaks into 40 or more pieces.
  • a glass or glass-ceramic article 610 having properties as disclosed herein with respect to the glass or glass-ceramic sheets, such as sheet 500, has been fractured, such as using a prick punch or other instrument and/or generally in accordance with American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Z97.1 (impact test) and the ASTM 1048 standard.
  • ANSI American National Standards Institute
  • Z97.1 impact test
  • the glass or glass ceramic article 610 has been strengthened to a degree that dicing has occurred upon the fracture, forming a plurality of small granular chunks 616 (e.g., fragments, pieces).
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article 610 has a thermally-induced stress sufficient to produce a number of granular chunks 616 that is not less than 40 within an area of 50-by-50 mm of the glass or glass-ceramic article 610 in a fragmentation test in which an impact is applied with a hammer or a punch to initiate cracking of the glass into granular pieces.
  • a standard office thumb tack 612, with a metal pin length 614 of about 1 cm is shown for reference.
  • the stress profile (see generally FIG. 6) imparts a high fragmentation potential of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 610 such that when fractured the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 610 shatters into particularly small granular chunks 616, those having an area on either the first or second surface of less than 90 mm 2 , such as less than 50 mm 2 , such as less than 20 mm 2 , such as less than 10 mm 2 , such as less than 5 mm 2 , and/or at least 10 ⁇ 2 .
  • the fragmentation potential of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 610 is such that at least 20% (e.g., at least 50%, at least 70%, at least 95%) of the granular chunks 616 have an area of at least one of the first or second surfaces of one of the above-described amounts when the strengthened glass or glass- ceramic article is fractured.
  • the fragmentation potential of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 610 is such that, when fractured, the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 610 shatters into particularly low-volume granular chunks, those having a volume of less than 50 mm 3 , such as less than 40 mm 3 , such as less than 30 mm 3 , such as less than 25 mm 3 , and/or at least a volume of 50 ⁇ 3 .
  • the fragmentation potential of the strengthened glass or glass- ceramic article 610 is such that, when fractured, the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 610 shatters into at least 100 granular chunks 616 of at least of 50 ⁇ 3 in volume, such as at least 200, at least 400, at least 1000, at least 4000 granular chunks 616 of at least of 50 ⁇ 3 in volume.
  • the thermally strengthened glass sheets formed by the systems and methods discussed herein have high fictive temperatures.
  • high fictive temperatures of the glass materials discussed herein relate to the high level of tempering, high central tensile stresses and/or high compressive surface stress of glass sheet 500.
  • Surface fictive temperatures may be determined by any suitable method, including differential scanning calorimetry, Brillouin spectroscopy, or Raman spectroscopy.
  • the glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 has a portion thereof, such as at or near the first and/or second surfaces 510, 520, that has a particularly high fictive temperature, such as at least 500° C, such as at least 600° C, or even at least 700° C in some embodiments, such as for soda-lime glass.
  • a particularly high fictive temperature such as at least 500° C, such as at least 600° C, or even at least 700° C in some embodiments, such as for soda-lime glass.
  • the glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 has a portion thereof, such as at or near the first and/or second surfaces 510, 520, that has a particularly high fictive temperature relative to annealed glass of the same chemical composition, such as at least 10° C greater, at least 30° C greater, at least 50° C greater, at least 70° C greater, or even at least 100° C greater.
  • High fictive temperature may be achieved by the presently disclosed inventive technology at least in part due to the rapid transition from the hot to the cooling zones in the strengthening system (see e.g., FIG. 21, FIG. 22 and FIG. 23). Applicant believes that high fictive temperature may correspond or relate to increased damage resistance of glass.
  • the peak near 1090 cm “1 in soda-lime glass and in glass 2 corresponds to the 1050 cm “1 peak observed in silica glass.
  • is the measured peak wavenumber for the peak near 1090 cm "1
  • G c is the surface compressive stress measured by any suitable technique, yielding stress-corrected measurement of fictive temperature in °C.As a demonstration of increased damage resistance related to the determined fictive temperature, four glass sheet samples were prepared, two 6 mm soda-lime glass (SLG) sheets by conventional tempering methods to approximately 70 and 110 MPa surface compressive stress (CS), and two 1.1 mm SLG sheets by the methods and systems disclosed herein to about the same levels of CS. Two additional sheets, one of each thickness were used as controls. The surfaces of each test sheet were subjected to standard Vickers indentation.
  • T fS surface fictive temperature
  • Tf surface glass transition temperature
  • the Vickers crack initiation threshold improved to greater than 10 N, a 10-fold increase over the Vickers damage resistance imparted by conventional tempering.
  • the ⁇ 3 ⁇ 4 minus T g was at least 50°C, or at least 75°C, or at least 90°C, or in the range of from approximately 75°C to 100°C.
  • the embodied glasses can still provide increased resistance, at levels such as 5 N, for instance.
  • the 50% cracking threshold after a 15 second Vickers crack initiation test may be equal to or greater than 5 N, 10 N, 20 N, or 30 N.
  • the following non-dimensional fictive temperature parameter ⁇ can be used to compare the relative performance of a thermal strengthening process in terms of the fictive temperature produced.
  • is the surface fictive temperature
  • FIG. 10 is a plot of 9s for measured surface fictive temperatures as a function of heat transfer rate, h, applied during thermal strengthening for two different glasses. As shown in FIG. 10, the results for the two different glasses overlie each other fairly closely. This means that parameter ⁇ provides a means to compare the fictive temperatures of different glasses compared directly, in relation to the heat transfer rate h required to produce them. The vertical range of results at each h corresponds to variation in the value of T 0 , the initial temperature at the start of quenching.
  • parameter 6s comprises from about (e.g., plus or minus 10%) 0.2 to about 0.9, or 0.21 to 0.09, or 0.22 to 0.09, or 0.23 to 0.09, or 0.24 to 0.09, or 0.25 to 0.09, or 0.30 to 0.09, or 0.40 to 0.09, or 0.5 to 0.9, or 0.51 to 0.9, or 0.52 to 0.9, or 0.53 to 0.9, or 0.54 to 0.9, or 0.54 to 0.9, or 0.55 to 0.9, or 0.6 to 0.9, or even 0.65 to 0.9.
  • the thermally strengthened glass sheets formed by the systems and methods discussed herein have a high temperability and/or heat transfer value.
  • the "specific thermal stress" of a glass is given by:
  • the thermal strengthening process and resulting surface compressive stresses were modeled for glasses having varying properties to determine the tempering parameter, ⁇ .
  • the glasses were modeled at the same starting viscosity of 10 8 2 Poise and at varying heat transfer coefficients.
  • the properties of the various glasses are shown in Table II, together with the temperature for each glass at 10 8 2 Poise and the calculated value of the temperability parameter ⁇ for each.
  • the constants Pi, P 2 are graphed as functions of h in FIGS. 12 and 13, respectively.
  • a similar expression may be used to predict the central tension (CT) of a thermally strengthened glass sheet, particularly at a thickness of 6 mm and less, and the thermal transfer coefficient, such as 800 W/m 2 K and up, by simply dividing the compressive stress predicted under the same conductions by 2.
  • CT central tension
  • expected central tension may be given by (10)
  • h and her may have the same value for a given physical instance of thermal strengthening. However, in some embodiments, they may vary, and providing separate variables and allowing variation between them allows for capturing, within descriptive performance curves, instances in which the typical ratio of 2: 1 CS/CT does not hold.
  • the heat transfer value rates may be from about 0.024 to about 0.15, about 0.026 to about 0.10, or about 0.026 to about 0.075 cal/s cm 2 o C.
  • the heat transfer value rates h can be considered a unit-less value that defines the relationship between the surface compressive stress of a glass article and a thickness of the glass article as shown in FIG. 14.
  • h is greater than or equal to 0.020, and more specifically greater than or equal to 0.030.
  • h is greater than or equal to 0.024, and more specifically greater than or equal to 0.028.
  • h is between 0.020 and 0.030.
  • FIG. 14 shows the newly opened performance space in MPa of surface compression of a glass sheet as a function of thickness t (in mm), by a graph of C(h,t) ⁇ W(SLG) for selected values of h according to equations 6-9 above, with W(SLG) corresponding to the value of ⁇
  • Examples of highest reported sheet CS values based on gas convective tempering processes are shown by the triangle markers labeled Gas in the legend.
  • the value 601 represents advertised product performance capability of commercial equipment, while the value 602 is based on an oral report at a glass processing conference.
  • the trace labeled LC represents the curve of maximum stresses versus thinness of SLG sheets estimated to be achievable by liquid contact tempering, given by a heat transfer rate h of 0.0625 cal/s cm 2 o C (or about 2600
  • the trace labeled 704 represents stresses achievable by one or more embodiments of the presently disclosed methods and systems at a heat transfer rate of 0.20 cal/s cm 2 o C (or about 8370 W/m 2 K) and an initial temperature, just before quenching, of 704 °C.
  • the level of stress on the glass sheet thus achievable represents almost the same scope of improvement over liquid tempering strength levels as liquid tempering represents over state of the art gas convective tempering.
  • the trace labeled 704 is not an upper limit - embodiments have been shown to be viable above this value due to the good control of form and flatness achievable in a small-gap gas bearing thermal strengthening at even higher temperatures (at lower viscosities of the glass).
  • the trace labeled 730 shows some of the additional strengthening performance achieved by a heat transfer rate of 0.20 cal/s cm 2 o C (or about 8370 W/m 2 K) at a starting temperature for a SLG sheet of 730°C, very near or above the softening point of the glass.
  • FIG. 15 shows the traces of FIG. 14 explained above, at 2 mm and below, but with compressive stress as a function of thickness plotted for selected examples of tempered glass sheets produced by one or more embodiments of the present disclosure, showing the extreme combination of thermal strengthening levels and thinness enabled by the present disclosure.
  • the high levels of compressive stress achievable via the systems disclosed herein are related to the thickness, t, of the glass article being tempered.
  • the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 300 MPa for t greater than 5 mm.
  • the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 275 MPa for t between 4 mm and 5 mm.
  • the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 240 MPa for t between 3 mm and 4 mm.
  • the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 200 MPa for t between 2 mm and 3 mm. In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 150 MPa for t between 1 mm and 2 mm. In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 80 MPa for t between 0.8 mm and 1 mm. In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 75 MPa for t between 0.6 mm and 0.8 mm.
  • the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 60 MPa for t between 0.4 mm and 0.6 mm. In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 40 MPa for t between 0.2 mm and 0.4 mm.
  • the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 25 MPa for t between 0.05 mm and 0.2 mm. In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 40 MPa for t between 0.2 mm and 0.4 mm. In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 25 MPa for t between 0.05 mm and 0.2 mm.
  • the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein having a thickness, t is greater than either of the plots labeled GC in FIGS. 14 and 15. In various embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein having a thickness, t, is greater than the plot labeled LC in FIGS. 14 and 15. In at least some of these embodiments, the glass article or sheet is an SLG material, and in other embodiments, the glass article or sheet is another glass or glass-ceramic material. In at least some of these embodiments, the tempering and compressive stresses discussed in these embodiment are formed via thermal tempering and are thermally tempered compressive stresses.
  • thermally strengthened glass sheets disclosed herein such as sheet 500
  • the processes and methods disclosed herein can thermally strengthen a sheet of glass without increasing the surface roughness of the as-formed surfaces.
  • incoming float glass air-side surfaces and incoming fusion formed glass surfaces were characterized by atomic force microscopy (AFM) before and after processing.
  • R a surface roughness was less than 1 nm (0.6-0.7 nm) for incoming 1.1 mm soda-lime float glass, and the R a surface roughness was not increased by thermal strengthening according to the present processes.
  • thermally strengthened glass sheets have a surface roughness on at least a first surface in the range from 0.2 to 1.5 nm R a roughness, 0.2 to 0.7 nm, 0.2 to 0.4 nm or even such as 0.2 to 0.3 nm, over at least an area of 10 x 10 ⁇ .
  • Surface roughness may be measured over an area of 10 x 10 ⁇ in exemplary embodiments, or in some embodiments, 15 x 15 ⁇ .
  • thermally strengthened glass sheets disclosed herein have both high thermal stresses and low, as-formed surface roughness and/or coated surfaces.
  • the processes and methods disclosed herein can thermally strengthen a sheet of glass without increasing the surface roughness of smooth as-formed or as-delivered surfaces of glass sheets, and likewise without damaging sensitive low-E or anti-reflective or other coatings.
  • Incoming float glass air- side surfaces, and incoming fusion- formed glass surfaces, were characterized by atomic force microscopy (AFM) before and after processing.
  • R a surface roughness was less than 1 nm (such as 0.6 to 0.7 nm) for incoming on the air side of 1.1 mm soda-lime float glass and was not increased by thermal strengthening according to the present disclosure.
  • R a surface roughness was less than 0.3 nm (such as 0.2 to 0.3 nm) incoming on 1.1 mm sheets of fusion-formed glass and likewise was not increased by thermal strengthening according to this disclosure.
  • thermally strengthened glass sheets have surface roughness on at least a first surface in the range of at least 0.2 nm and/or no more than 1.5 nm R a roughness, such as no more than 0.7 nm, such as no more than 0.4 nm or even such as no more than 0.3 nm, or have thermally
  • strengthened sheets having coatings thereon of the type that may be applied before strengthening, or have combinations of these low roughness values and coatings, are obtained from the present process used with corresponding glass sheets as starting material. It is Applicant's understanding that such preservation of surface quality and/or surface coating(s) previously required use of convective gas tempering or perhaps a low heat transfer liquid tempering process, which produces limited thermal strengthening effects relative to the total range available with the present processes and methods.
  • the thermally strengthened glass sheets described herein have high flatness or trueness to form.
  • the strengthening system discussed herein utilizes controlled gas bearings to support the glass material during transporting and heating, and in some embodiments, can be used to assist in controlling and/or improving the flatness or trueness to form of the glass sheet, resulting in a higher degree of flatness or lower form error than previously obtainable, particularly for thin and/or highly strengthened glass sheets.
  • sheets at least 0.6 mm can be strengthened with improved post- strengthening flatness or trueness to form.
  • the flatness or trueness to form of thermally strengthened glass sheets embodied herein can comprise 100 ⁇ or less total indicator run-out (TIR) along any 50 mm length along one of the first or second surfaces thereof (where the indicator follows a generated path matching the desired form, whether straight, constant radius, or other) 300 ⁇ TIR or less within a 50 mm length on one of the first or second surfaces, 200 ⁇ TIR or less, 100 ⁇ TIR or less, or 70 ⁇ TIR or less within a 50 mm length on one of the first or second surfaces.
  • flatness is measured along any 50 mm or less profile of the glass sheet.
  • sheets with thickness disclosed herein have flatness or trueness to form of 200 ⁇ TIR or less within a 20 mm length on one of the first or second surfaces, such as flatness or trueness to form 100 ⁇ TIR or less, flatness or trueness to form 70 ⁇ TIR or less, flatness or trueness to form 50 ⁇ TIR or less.
  • the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic articles discussed herein have a high-degree of dimensional consistency such that the thickness t thereof along a 1 cm lengthwise stretch of the body 522 does not change by more than 50 ⁇ , such as, by not more than 10 ⁇ , not more than 5 ⁇ , not more than 2 ⁇ .
  • Such dimensional consistency may not be achievable for given thicknesses, areas, and/or magnitudes of negative tensile stress, as disclosed herein, by solid quenching due to practical considerations, such as cooling plate alignment and/or surface irregularities that may distort the dimensions.
  • the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic articles discussed herein have at least one major surface (e.g., first and second surfaces 510, 520 of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 in FIG. 4) that is flat or constant-radius curved in at least one direction (although it may be otherwise curved in an orthogonal direction) such that a 1 cm profile therealong stays within 50 ⁇ of a straight line or constant radius curve, such as within 20 ⁇ , 10 ⁇ , 5 ⁇ , 2 ⁇ ;
  • Such high flatness or trueness to constant radius curve (in one direction) may not be achievable for given thicknesses, areas, and/or magnitudes of negative tensile stress, as disclosed herein, by liquid quenching due to practical
  • thermally strengthened low coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) glass sheets As discussed above (see e.g., equations 7 and 10), thermal strengthening effects are significantly dependent upon the CTE of the glass of which the glass sheet is comprised. However, thermal strengthening of low CTE glasses may provide strengthened glass compositions having advantageous properties, such as increased chemical resistance, or better compatibility with electronic devices due to low alkali content. Glass sheets having CTEs of 65, 60, 55, 50, 45, 40, and even SS x lO "6 ⁇ "1 and below are capable of safety-glass like break patterns ("dicing") at thicknesses of less than 4 mm, less than 3.5 mm, less than 3 mm, and even at 2 mm or less.
  • dicing safety-glass like break patterns
  • Glasses having CTE values of 40 x 10 "6 °C _1 and below can be strengthened using the processes described herein.
  • Such low CTE glasses strengthened by the systems and methods discussed herein can have similar surface compressions to SLG sheets strengthened by convention commercial (gas convective) processes at the same thickness.
  • the compressive stress of low CTE glasses can comprise at least 50 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 125 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, or at least 400 MPa for glass sheets having a thickness of no more than 1 cm, no more than 5 mm, no more than 3 mm, no more 2 mm, no more than 1.5 mm, no more than 1 mm, no more than 0.75 mm, no more than 0.5 mm, no more than 0.3 mm, no more than 0.2 mm, or no more than 0.1 mm.
  • Glass sheets formed according to the present disclosure have a multitude of applications, for example in electronic devices, displays and in laminates, such as glass- interlayer-glass laminates used in automotive glass sidelights. Stronger and thinner laminates can be produced, resulting in weight and cost savings and fuel efficiency increases. Desirably, a thermally strengthened thin sheet may be cold bent and laminated to a formed thicker glass, providing an easy and reliable manufacturing process not requiring any hot forming of the thin sheet.
  • Table IV shows results obtained by the methods of the present disclosure (indicated as "Source of Method” I in the table), and a figure of merit, Alpha, that is a rough measure of the coefficient of heat exchange obtained within the tempering process.
  • Alpha is given by:
  • Samples 1 and 3 are repeatable values obtained from the disclosed processes, sample 1 using air and sample 3 using helium as the gas in the process.
  • Sample 2 represents a "champion" value using air within the present process, that is, not reliably repeatable to date.
  • Glass samples processed by the processes of the present disclosure (samples 1-3) all exceeded an Alpha at 117 °C/mm. Applicant believes that the slope of Alpha with thickness may have an inherent trend lower with lower glass thickness. Glass disclosed herein has an Alpha of greater than 20t+77, where t is thickness of the glass, in mm, in some embodiments.
  • a process for strengthening a glass sheet comprises supporting or guiding at least a portion of a glass sheet, such as glass sheet 500, into a cool or quenching zone in which the sheet is rapidly cooled creating a strengthened glass sheet having one or more of the properties discussed herein.
  • the glass sheet is supported at least in part by a flow or a pressure of a gas delivered to a gap between the surfaces of the glass sheet and one or more heat sinks.
  • the temperature of the glass sheet is above the transition temperature of the glass when the sheet is moved into the cool zone, and in various embodiments, the glass sheet is cooled within the cooling zone by thermal conduction more than by convection.
  • an overall process for strengthening a glass sheet comprises heating a glass sheet in a hot zone and then cooling the glass sheet in a cooling zone.
  • the glass is heated sufficiently to bring the glass sheet above the transition temperature, and then moved into a cooling zone.
  • the glass can be transitioned from the hot zone to a cool zone through a transition zone.
  • the surfaces of the glass sheet are positioned adjacent to heat sinks, one on either side of the glass sheet, each with a gap in between one of the glass surfaces and an opposing surface of the heat sink.
  • Gas is delivered into the gaps through multiple apertures in the heat sinks, and in some embodiments, this delivered gas forms an air bearing which supports the glass between the heat sinks such that the glass surfaces are not in contact with the heat sinks.
  • the glass sheet is cooled by conduction more than by convection and is cooled sufficiently to fix or create a thermally induced surface compression and a thermally induced central tension of the sheet which provides the increased strength as discussed herein.
  • primarily cooling via conduction is achieved by having a very low gap size within the cooling zone such that the glass sheet is close to, but not touching, the opposing surfaces of the heat sinks.
  • An apparatus for enabling the processes described can include a heating zone for heating a glass sheet to a temperature above the transition temperature and a cooling zone for cooling the heated glass sheet to provide a strengthened glass sheet.
  • the apparatus can include an optional transition zone between the heating zone and the cooling zone.
  • the cooling zone may include a heat sink having a pair of opposing surfaces defining a gap, within which the heated glass sheet is received.
  • the cooling zone can comprise a pair of gas bearings disposed on opposite sides of that gap that acts to support the glass sheet within the gap.
  • the gap can be configured to cool the heated glass sheet by conduction more than by convection.
  • the gas bearings can include a plurality of apertures for delivering the gas to the gap, and the gas bearing surfaces act as the heat sinks, capable of conducting heat away from the heated glass sheet by conduction more than by convection.
  • Strengthening processes and equipment disclosed herein allow for strengthening of glass or glass-ceramic articles (see generally FIGS. 4-7 and 27-30) by an inventive form of thermal tempering. The processes allow for steep, tensile stress versus thickness/depth curves (see generally FIG.
  • the thermal tempering processes disclosed herein may be augmented with ion-exchange or applied to glass-to-glass laminations.
  • the thermal tempering processes disclosed herein enable particularly high levels of strengthening in large- area articles (e.g., sheets) that may be too large for strengthening via conventional thermal tempering methods, such as due to alignment limitations of contact quench equipment, cooling rate limitations of conventional convection systems, and/or warping damage associated with liquid quench tempering.
  • the processes disclosed herein uniquely allow high levels of strengthening in particularly thin sheets that may be too thin for strengthening via conventional tempering methods, such as due sensitivity to breakage or fracture of the thin glass or glass ceramic articles during the strengthening process and associated contact forces with solid or liquid quenching and/or due to the cooling rate limitations of conventional convection tempering.
  • glass or glass ceramic articles as disclosed herein may be manufactured with at least some solid or liquid quenching, such as in combination with the unique strengthening processes disclosed herein.
  • the method or process 100 includes a step 140 of providing a glass sheet that is at a temperature above a transition temperature of the glass sheet.
  • the method or process 100 also includes the step 160 of supporting a glass sheet at least in part by a gas (through gas flow and pressure).
  • Step 160 includes, while the glass sheet is support by the gas, cooling the sheet: 1) by conduction more than by convection through the gas to a heat sink, and 2) sufficiently to create or fix a thermally-induced surface compression stress and a thermally-induced central tension stress, of the sheet when at ambient temperature.
  • the method can include the step 110 of heating a glass sheet sufficiently such that the sheet is above a transition temperature of the glass.
  • the method 100' further comprises, in step 120, providing a heat sink (whether as a single piece or in separate pieces) having first and second heat sink surfaces (see generally FIGS. 21-25), each having apertures therein.
  • the method further includes positioning a first sheet surface facing a first heat sink surface across a first gap and, in step 130B, positioning the second sheet surface facing a second heat sink surface across a second gap.
  • the heat sink surfaces can include apertures and/or can be porous.
  • the method 100' can further include, in step 160, cooling the sheet, by conduction more than by convection through a gas to the respective heat sink surfaces, sufficiently to strengthen the glass (e.g., to sufficiently create or fix in the sheet a thermally-induced surface compression stress and a thermally-induced central tension stress).
  • the step 160 also can include delivering the gas to the first and second gaps through the apertures or porous heat sink, and in some such embodiments, the gas is delivered to form air bearings that support the glass sheet adjacent the heat sinks. In some embodiments, the gas is delivered only through the apertures of the heat sink or only through the pores or pores and apertures of the porous heat sink.
  • gas flow and gap size can be selected, controlled or optimized for other purposes, such as for controlling stiffness of the gas cushion in the gap, for supporting the sheet, for flattening or otherwise shaping a sheet, for optimizing heat conduction, for maintaining sheet flatness and/or shape during thermal strengthening, and/or for balancing ease of sheet handling with high cooling rates.
  • helium becomes an economically viable alternative to air in the system of the present disclosure due to the very low gas flow rates that support the gas bearing, and in such embodiments, helium offers thermal conductivity about five times that of air. Even helium with prices assumed at multiples of those available today becomes an economically viable alternative at the low flow rates of the system of the present disclosure.
  • the systems and methods discussed herein decrease the potential risk of deformation of hot thin sheets of glass typically caused by the high speed, high volume air flows needed in conventional convection based tempering systems. This also allows softer, higher temperature glass sheets to be handled with no or minimal distortion, further improving the achievable degree of strengthening.
  • Eliminating high air flow rates also eases problems sometimes seen in transporting the sheet into the quenching chamber (moving against the high air flow) and in keeping the high-flow, cooler air from entering into and cooling the adjacent parts of the furnace used to heat the sheet.
  • Points A and B of FIG. 18 and FIG. 19 represent a high-end estimate of peak power use of the air bearing, per square meter of glass sheet, by a compressed air supply at relatively high flow. Practical low- end peak power use of compressed air could be as little as 1/16 of the values shown. Points A and B do not include active cooling of the heat sink, however, which can be included in some embodiments, especially where a machine is in continuous, quasi-continuous or high frequency operation.
  • points A and B' represent the conservatively estimated peak power levels for operation of the air bearing at points A and B when active cooling of the heat sink surfaces is factored in, assuming the thermal load equivalent of a 300 °C drop in glass sheet temperature is accomplished by an active cooling system having a thermal-to- mechanical (or electrical) efficiency ratio of 7.5 to 1, within a time limit of 2.1 seconds for point A' and within 1 second for point B'. (These points correspond approximately to glass sheets actually tempered in the apparatus described herein.)
  • the difference in total energy demands would tend to be greater than the difference for peak power demand, which is represented in the figure.
  • the processes described herein have peak powers of less than 120 KW/m 2 , less than 100 KW/m 2 , less than 80 KW/m 2 to thermally strengthen a glass sheet of 2 mm thickness or less.
  • heat transfer from the thin glass sheet in the system and process of the present disclosure includes a conduction component, a convection component and a radiant component.
  • the thermal tempering system of the present disclosure provides for thin glass tempering by utilizing conductive heat transfer as the primary mechanism for quenching the thin glass sheets.
  • the thermal conductivity of the gas within the gap must be evaluated in the direction of conduction, which is along a thermal slope.
  • Air at high temperature, at or near the surface of the sheet being cooled has significantly higher thermal conductivity than air at a lower temperature, such as air at or near room temperature at or near the surface of the heat sink (the nominal thermal conductivity of (dry) room temperature air (25°C) is approximately 0.026 W/m K).
  • the nominal thermal conductivity of (dry) room temperature air (25°C) is approximately 0.026 W/m K.
  • An approximation that assumes air over the whole gap to be at the average temperature of the two facing surfaces at the start of cooling is used.
  • a glass sheet may be at a temperature of 670°C, for example, while the heat sink surface may start at 30°C, for example.
  • the average temperature of the air in the gap would be 350°C, at which dry air has a thermal conductivity of about 0.047 W/m K; more than 75% higher than its thermal conductivity at room temperature and sufficiently high to conduct large amounts of heat energy through gaps of the sizes within the system of the present disclosure, as discussed below, assuming the sheet is finished to a reasonably high degree of surface and thickness consistency.
  • Q CO nd the conductive component of the rate of heat transfer through a gap of distance g which gap has an area A g (in a direction everywhere perpendicular to the direction of the gap distance g) may be given by:
  • Ts is the temperature of the glass surface
  • T H s is the temperature of the heat sink surface (or the heat source surface, for other embodiments).
  • k may be taken as the value of k for the gas in the gap when at the average of the temperatures of the two surfaces, Ts and T H s-
  • FIG. 20 shows an industry-standard curve from about 35 years ago (with reference line at 2 mm added) showing the heat transfer coefficient required to fully temper a sheet of glass, as a function of thickness in mm, under certain assumed conditions.
  • Table V shows an air-filled gap of approximately 40 ⁇ can allow full tempering of 2 mm thick glass by conduction. While slightly less than 40 micrometers is a rather small gap, planar porous air bearings in conveyor applications may generally be reliably run with gaps of as low as 20 micrometers. Thus 37 micrometers is achievable for an air gap fed by pores in the heat sink surface.
  • helium or hydrogen, with similar thermal conductivity
  • a gap of about 200 ⁇ can be used to fully temper 2 mm thick glass.
  • helium or hydrogen as the gas allows for a gap size about 5 times larger for the same heat transfer coefficient.
  • using helium or hydrogen as the gas in the gap increases the heat transfer coefficient available for quenching by about 5 times at the same gap size. So even with air the spacing is not impractical, and with high conductivity gases, the gap spacing is relatively easy to achieve, even for sheet thicknesses smaller than 2 millimeters.
  • another embodiment includes heating (or heating and/or cooling) through a gas by conduction more than by convection.
  • the convective Q CO nv component of the rate of heat transfer across the gap (or gaps) may be given by:
  • m is the mass flow rate of the gas
  • Cp is the specific heat capacity of the gas
  • T is the inlet temperature of the gas as it flows into the gap
  • e is the effectiveness of the heat exchange between the gas flowing in the gap, the sheet surface and the surface of the heat sink/source (the "walls" of the gap).
  • the value of e varies from 0 (representing zero surface-to-gas heat exchange) to 1 (representing the gas fully reaching the temperature of the surfaces).
  • the value of e can be computed by those skilled in the art of heat transfer using, for example, the e-NTU method.
  • the mass flow rate m of the gas should be less than 2kA g /gC p , or 2k/gC p per square meter of gap area.
  • B is a positive constant less than one and greater than zero, specifically having a value of 2/3 or less, or even 4/5 or 9/10 or less.
  • m should be kept as low as possible, consistent with the needs of using the gas flow to control the position of the glass sheet (e.g., sheet 200 shown in FIG. 21 relative to the heat sink surface(s)) (e.g., heat sink surfaces 201b, 202b, shown in FIG. 21) or the position of the heat exchange surfaces themselves.
  • the ratio of convective cooling to conductive cooling can be any value from less than one to lxlO "8 .
  • B is less than 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, 0.5, 0.4, 0.1, 5xl0 "2 , lxlO “2 , 5xlO "3 , lxlO “3 , 5xl0 "4 , lxlO “4 , 5xl0 "5 , lxlO “5 , 5xl0 "6 , lxlO “6 , 5xl0 "7 , lxlO “7 , 5xl0 “8 , or lxlO “8 .
  • m is minimized, consistent with the needs of using the gas flow to support and control the sheet position relative to the heat sink surface(s). In other embodiments, m should be selected to control the position of the heat exchange surfaces themselves, relative to the sheet.
  • the mass flow rate m of the gas within the conductive-based cooling system of the present disclosure is substantially lower as compared to the conventional convection-based tempering systems.
  • This substantially lower gas flow rate allows the conductive system to be operated at substantially reduced power usage, as discussed herein.
  • the reduced gas flow rate also results in a substantially quieter cooling system as compared to a conventional convective cooling system.
  • the decrease in noise may increase operator safety by reducing the potential for hearing damage and even reducing or eliminating the need for operators to use hearing protection.
  • the glass sheet has first and second sheet surfaces, and cooling of the glass sheet is performed by positioning the first sheet surface (e.g., a lower surface of the glass sheet) adjacent to a first heat sink surface (e.g., a surface of a lower heat sink) such that a first gap is located between the first sheet surface and the first heat sink surface and by positioning the second sheet surface (e.g., an upper surface of the glass sheet) adjacent to a second heat sink surface (e.g., a surface of an upper heat sink) such that a second gap is located between the second sheet surface and the second heat sink surface.
  • first sheet surface e.g., a lower surface of the glass sheet
  • a first heat sink surface e.g., a surface of a lower heat sink
  • second sheet surface e.g., an upper surface of the glass sheet
  • a second heat sink surface e.g., a surface of an upper heat sink
  • the first gap has a length across the first gap of g ⁇ and an area of the first gap and the second gap has a length across the second gap of g 2 and an area of the second gap of A g2 .
  • a first flow of a first gas to the first gap is provided, and a second flow of a second gas to the second gap is provided.
  • the first gas has a heat capacity C p i and a thermal conductivity k ⁇ , and the first flow is provided at a mass flow rate rh ⁇ .
  • fh ⁇ is greater than zero and less than ⁇ 2k 1 A g i)l ⁇ g 1 C p i).
  • the second gas has a heat capacity C P 2 and a thermal conductivity k 2 , and the second flow is provided at a mass flow rate m 2 .
  • m 2 is greater than zero and less than ⁇ 2k 2 A gl g 2 C P 2).
  • the first and second flows contact the glass sheet such that the glass sheet is supported without touching the heat sink surfaces. In this manner, the sheet is cooled by conduction more than by convection in a manner to create a surface compressive stress and a central tension of the sheet.
  • a hot glass sheet 200 has its first and second (major) surfaces 200a, 200b each facing a respective first and second surface 201b, 202b of respective first and second heat sinks 201a, 202a across respective gaps 204a and 204b.
  • Gas 230 is fed through the first and second surfaces 201b, 202b as represented by the arrows, to supply the gaps 204a, 204b, and to assist in keeping the glass sheet centered or otherwise positioned between the heat sinks 201a, 202a.
  • the air or other gas may leave passing by the edges of the heat sinks 201a, 202a as shown by arrows 240.
  • the glass sheet 200 will be cooled more by conduction than convection.
  • glass sheet 200 is cooled by heat sinks 201a and 202a such that more than 20%, specifically more than 50%, and more specifically more than 80%), of the thermal energy leaving a heated article, such as glass sheet 200, crosses the gaps, such as gaps 204a and 204b, and is received by the heat sink 201a and 202a.
  • the gaps 204a, 204b are configured to have a thickness or distance across the gap sufficient such that the heated glass sheet is cooled by conduction more than by convention.
  • size of gaps 204a, 204b generally is the distance between the major glass surfaces and the opposing heat sink surfaces.
  • gaps 204a and 204b may have a thicknesses of about (e.g., plus or minus 1%>) 100 ⁇ or greater (e.g., in the ranges from about 100 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 190 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 180 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 170 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 160 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 150 ⁇ , from about 110 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ , from about 120 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ , from about 130 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ , or from about 140 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ ).
  • gaps 204a and 204b may have a thicknesses of about (e.g., plus or minus 1%>) 100 ⁇ or less (e.g., in the ranges from about 10 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 20 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 30 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 40 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 90 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 80 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 70 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 60 ⁇ , or from about 10 ⁇ to about 50 ⁇ ).
  • about 10 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ or less e.g., in the ranges from about 10 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 20 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 30 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 40 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 90 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 80 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 70 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 60
  • Heat sinks 201a, 202a may be solid or porous configurations. Suitable materials include, but are not limited to, aluminum, bronze, carbon or graphite, stainless steel, etc. Heat sink dimensions may be designed to be sufficient to address the size of the glass sheet and to efficiently and effectively transfer heat without changing the heat sink temperature significantly. In the case where heat sinks 201a and/or 202a are porous, they may still include additional apertures or holes for flowing gas or may use the porous structure to provide flow, or both. In some embodiments, the heat sinks further comprise passages to allow fluid flow for controlling the temperature of the heat sink, described in more detail in FIGS. 23-25 and below.
  • apertures may be less than 2 mm, less than 1.5 mm, less than 1 mm, less than 0.5 mm, less than 0.25 mm, or less than or equal to 200, 150, 100, 50, 30, 20, or 10 ⁇ , when measured in the smallest direction (e.g., diameter in the case of circular apertures).
  • the apertures are from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 10 ⁇ to about 1 mm, about 20 ⁇ to about 1 mm, or about 50 ⁇ to about 1 mm.
  • Spacing between adjacent apertures 206 can be from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 10 ⁇ to about 3 mm, about 20 ⁇ to about 2 mm, or about 50 ⁇ to about 1 mm, measured edge- to-edge of apertures.
  • Small apertures or pores may function as individual flow restrictors, providing high-performance, gas-bearing-type dynamics, such as high levels of stiffness and consistency of support of the sheet to position the sheet and control gap size, allowing for high homogeneity of thermal strengthening effects to avoid or reduce stress birefringence. Further, because very small pores or apertures may be used, the relative amount of solid matter at the surface of the heat sink facing the sheet surface across the gap(s) can be maximized, thereby increasing conductive heat flow.
  • apertures 206 as the only path for providing gas to the gaps 204a, 204b, and desirably using apertures 206 that lie in directions close to normal to the heat sink surface 201b, 202b, ensures that air-bearing type dynamics are optimized, and not compromised by gas flows from larger apertures, or from sources other than through the heat sink surface(s) 201b, 202b adjacent to the sheet 200, or by other excessive lateral flow.
  • gas may be provided to the gaps 204a, 204b via other sources, such as in addition to the apertures 206 or pores. Accordingly, aspects of the present disclosure allow for power and energy savings by use of low gas flows and solid-gas-solid conduction, such as relative to conventional convective tempering processes.
  • FIGS. 22-25 show an exemplary embodiment of a glass strengthening system 300 according to this disclosure.
  • FIG. 22 shows a schematic cross-sectional diagram of the system 300, in which a glass sheet can be cooled via conduction of heat from the glass sheet, through a gas into a conductive heat sink.
  • the apparatus includes a hot zone 310, a cold zone 330, and a transition gas bearing 320.
  • Transition gas bearing 320 moves or directs a glass article (e.g., glass sheet 400a) from the hot zone 310 to the cold zone 330 such that no contact or substantially no contact occurs between the glass and the bearings.
  • the hot zone 310 has gas bearings 312 each fed from a hot zone plenum 318, and the bearings 312 have cartridge heaters 314 inserted into holes through the bearings 312, which serve to heat the hot zone gas bearings 312 to a desired starting process temperature.
  • a glass sheet (hot zone) 400a is kept between the hot zone gas bearings 312 for a duration long enough to bring it to a desired pre-cooling temperature (e.g., above the transition temperature).
  • heating the sheet in the hot zone may be done predominantly via conduction of heat from a heat sink through a thin gas barrier.
  • the conductive heating processes used in the hot zone can be similar to, but the reverse of the cooling processes described herein (e.g., pushing heat into the glass sheet).
  • gaps 316, between the hot zone gas bearings 312 and the glass sheet 400a may be relatively large, on the order of 0.05" (1.27 mm) to 0.125" (3.175 mm) or greater, since the glass sheet 400a may be heated up relatively slowly and thermal radiation from the hot gas bearings 312 into the glass sheet 400a is adequate for this purpose.
  • hot zone gap size may be as small as 150 microns per side or 500 microns per side. Smaller gaps may be advantageous, in some embodiments, because they enable the bearings to have better "stiffness" - i.e., ability to centralize the glass and therefore flatten it while it is in its softened state.
  • the process may re-form the glass sheets - flattening them - in the initial heating step, for example via the pressure supplied by the gas bearings 312.
  • the top and bottom hot zone bearings may be on actuators, allowing for changing the gap width in a continuous manner or, alternatively, allowing the glass to be brought into the hot zone when the gap is large and then compressing the gap to flatten the glass while it is still soft.
  • Process temperatures are dependent on a number of factors, including glass composition, glass thickness, glass properties (CTE, etc.), and desired level of strengthening.
  • the starting process temperature may be any value between the glass transition temperature and the Littleton softening point, or in some embodiments, even higher.
  • system 300 heats the glass sheet 400a to a temperature between about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 640 to about 730°C or between about 690 to about 730°C.
  • system 300 heats the glass sheet 400a to a temperature from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 620 to about 800°C, about 640 to about 770°C, about 660 to about 750°C, about 680 to about 750°C, about 690 to about 740°C, or about 690 to about 730°C.
  • the glass sheet 400a is heated to its desired starting process temperature (e.g., above the glass transition temperature), and it is then moved from the hot zone 310 to the cold zone 330 using any suitable means.
  • moving the glass sheet 400a from the hot zone 310 to the cold zone 330 may be accomplished by, for example (1) tilting the entire assembly such that gravity acting on the glass sheet forces it to move to the cold zone, (2) blocking off the gas flow from the leftmost exit of the hot zone 310 (the sides are enclosed in this embodiment), thereby forcing all of the gas emanating from all of the gas bearings to exit from the rightmost exit of the cold zone, causing fluid forces to be exerted on the glass sheet 400a and causing it to move to the cold zone 330, or (3) by a combination of (1) and (2)).
  • the sheet may also or alternatively be moved by physical contact with the sheet.
  • the transition gas bearings 320 may be supplied with gas by transition bearing plenums 328.
  • the solid material thickness behind the surfaces of the transition gas bearings 320 may be thin, of low thermal mass and/or low thermal conductivity, allowing for reduced heat conduction from the hot zone 310 to the cold zone 330.
  • the transition gas bearings 320 may serve as a thermal break or transition between the two zones 310 and 330 and may serve to transition from the larger gaps 316 of the hot zone down to small gaps 336 of the cold zone 330. Further, the low thermal mass and/or low thermal conductivity of transition gas bearings 320 limit(s) the amount of heat transfer and therefore cooling experienced by glass sheet 400a while passing past transition gas bearings 320.
  • stop gate 3421 a mechanical stop or any other suitable blocking mechanism, shown as stop gate 341.
  • the stop gate 341 may be moved, unblocking cold zone channel 330a, and then the glass sheet 400b may be removed from the system 300. If desired, the glass sheet 400b may be left in the cold zone 330 until somewhere near room temperature before removal.
  • the cold zone 330 includes a channel 330a for receiving heated glass sheet 400b through an opening 330b, conveying the glass sheet 400b, and cooling the glass sheet 400b in the cold zone.
  • the channel 330a includes a conveyance system that may include gas bearings, roller wheels, conveyor belt, or other means to physically transport the glass sheet through the cold zone.
  • cold zone 330 includes gas bearings 332 which are fed plenums 338 that are separate from hot zone plenums 318 and transition plenums 328.
  • the cold zone 330 includes one or more heat sinks 331 disposed adjacent to the channel 330a. Where two heat sinks are utilized, such heat sinks may be disposed on opposite sides of the channel 330a, facing each other across a channel gap 330a.
  • the heat sinks include a plurality of apertures 33 la which form part of the gas bearing 332, and the surfaces of the cold gas bearings 332 of the cold zone 330 serve as the two heat sink surfaces.
  • glass sheet 400b is cooled within cold zone 330 primarily by conduction of heat from the glass sheet across the gap and into the solid heat sinks 331, without the glass sheet 400b touching the heat sink surfaces.
  • the heat sinks and/or the surfaces thereof may be segmented.
  • the heat sinks may be porous, and in such embodiments, the apertures through which the gas for gas bearings 332 is delivered are the pores of the porous heat sinks.
  • the plurality of apertures 332b, a gas source and the channel gap 330a may be in fluid communication.
  • the gas flows through the apertures 33 la to form gas cushions, layers or bearings in the channel gap 330a.
  • inventions prevent the glass sheet 400b from contacting the heat sink 331 surfaces.
  • the gas also serves as the gas through which the glass sheet 400b is cooled by conduction more than by convection.
  • the sheet may be (1) introduced quickly into the cold zone, optionally at higher speeds than those typically used in convection-based quenching and/or (2) the process is operated in a quasi-continuous mode, in which multiple sheets are heated and cooled one after the other in a continuous stream with little space between them, and where the heat sink is actively cooled such that it reaches a thermal equilibrium so that the front and trailing edges of the large sheets have similar thermal history.
  • the gas flowed through the apertures 331a cools the heat sinks.
  • the gas flowed through the apertures both facilitates heat conduction, from the glass, across the gap, into the heat sinks, and also cools the heat sinks 331.
  • a separate gas or fluid may be used to cool the heat sinks 331.
  • the heat sinks 331 may include passages 334, for flowing a cooling fluid therethrough to cool the heat sinks 331, as is more fully described with respect to FIG. 23.
  • the passages 334 can be enclosed.
  • one or more gas sources may be used to provide a gas to the channel gap 330a.
  • the gas sources may include the same gas as one another or different gases.
  • the channel gap 330a may, therefore, include one gas, a mixture of gases from different gas sources, or the same gas source.
  • Exemplary gases include air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, helium or other noble gases, hydrogen and various combinations thereof.
  • the gas may be described by its thermal conductivity when it enters the channel 330a just before it begins to conductively cool the glass sheet 400b.
  • the gas may have a thermal conductivity of about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 0.02 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.025 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.03 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.035 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.04 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.045 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.05 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.06 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.07 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.08 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.09 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.1 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.15 W/(m K) or greater, or about 0.2 W/(m K)
  • the heat sinks 331 of one or more embodiments may be stationary or may be movable to modify the thickness of the channel gap 330a.
  • the thickness of the glass sheet 400b may be in a range from about 0.4 times the thickness to about 0.6 times the thickness of channel gap 300a, which is defined as the distance between the opposing surfaces of the heat sinks 331 (e.g., upper and lower surface of heat sinks 331 in the arrangement of FIG. 22).
  • the channel gap is configured to have a thickness sufficient such that the heated glass sheet is cooled by conduction more than by convection.
  • the channel gap may have a thickness such that when glass sheet 400b is being conveyed through or located within the channel 330a, the distance between the major surfaces of the glass sheet 400b and the heat sink surface (e.g., the gap size discussed above) is about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 100 ⁇ or greater (e.g., in the range from about 100 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 190 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 180 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 170 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 160 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 150 ⁇ , from about 110 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ , from about 120 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ , from about 130 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ , or from about 140 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ ).
  • the channel gap may have a thickness such that when glass sheet 400b is being conveyed through the channel, the distance between the glass sheet and the heat sink surface (the gap or gaps 336) is about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 100 ⁇ or less (e.g., in the range from about 10 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 20 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 30 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 40 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 90 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 80 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 70 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 60 ⁇ , or from about 10 ⁇ to about 50 ⁇ ).
  • the gap or gaps 336 is about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 100 ⁇ or less (e.g., in the range from about 10 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 20 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 30 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 40 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 10
  • the total thickness of the channel gap 330a is dependent on the thickness of the glass sheet 400b, but can be generally characterized as 2 times the distance between the heat sink surface and the glass sheet, plus the thickness of the glass sheet. In some embodiments, the distance or gaps 336 between the glass sheet and the heat sinks may not be equal. In such embodiments, the total thickness of the channel gap 330a may be characterized as the sum of the distances between the glass sheet and each heat sink surface, plus the thickness of the glass sheet.
  • the total thickness of the channel gap may be less than about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 2500 ⁇ (e.g., in the range from about 120 ⁇ to about 2500 ⁇ , about 150 ⁇ to about 2500 ⁇ , about 200 ⁇ to about 2500 ⁇ , about 300 ⁇ to about 2500 ⁇ , about
  • the total thickness of the channel gap may be about 2500 ⁇ or more (e.g., in the range from about 2500 ⁇ to about 10,000 ⁇ , about 2500 ⁇ to about 9,000 ⁇ , about 2500 ⁇ to about 8,000 ⁇ , about 2500 ⁇ to about 7,000 ⁇ , about 2500 ⁇ to about 6,000 ⁇ , about 2500 ⁇ to about 5,000 ⁇ , about 2500 ⁇ to about 4,000 ⁇ , about 2750 ⁇ to about 10,000 ⁇ , about 3000 ⁇ to about 10,000 ⁇ , about 3500 ⁇ m to about 10,000 ⁇ , about 4000 ⁇ to about 10,000 ⁇ , about 4500 ⁇ to about 10,000 ⁇ , or about 5000 ⁇ to about 10,000 ⁇ m).
  • the apertures 33 la in the heat sink 331 may be positioned to be perpendicular to the heat sink surface or may be positioned at an angle of 20 degrees or less, such as about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 15 degrees or less, about 10 degrees or less or about 5 degrees or less) from perpendicular to the heat sink surface.
  • the material behind the heat sink (cold bearing 332) surfaces can be any suitable material having high heat transfer rates, including metals (e.g., stainless steel, copper, aluminum), ceramics, carbon, etc. This material may be relatively thick compared to the material behind the surfaces of the transition bearings 320, as shown in FIG. 22, such that heat sink can easily accept relatively large amounts of thermal energy.
  • the material of the heat sinks 331 is stainless steel.
  • FIG. 23 is a cut-away perspective cross-section of an apparatus similar to that of FIG. 22, albeit reversed from right to left, and comprising additionally a load/unload zone 340, next to cold zone 330 of system 300, including a load/unload gas bearing 342 with a glass sheet 400c positioned thereon. Also, the apparatus of FIG. 23 uses tight channel gaps (not indicated on the figure) in hot zone 310, transition bearing 320, and cold zone 330.
  • the inset in FIG. 23 shows an alternative embodiment of a cold zone gas bearing 332a, in which the gas bearing 322a is actively cooled by coolant channels 334, between gas bearing feed holes 333, where the feed holes feed the apertures in the surface of the bearing 322a.
  • the cooling channels 334 are defined between heat sink segments 333b, which are assembled together to form the heat sink 331 and the surface thereof facing the glass sheet 400b.
  • the cooling channels 334 may be positioned very near the surface of the heat sink 331, in the solid material of the gas bearing 332, with a region of solid bearing material between the heat sink/gas bearing surface and the nearest-the-surface edge of the coolant channel 334, having the same width as the nearest-the-surface edge of the coolant channel 334. Accordingly, in some embodiments there is no region of reduced cross section in the solid material of the heat sink 331/gas bearing 332a between a coolant channel 334 and the surface facing the glass 400b. This differs from the typical convective gas cooling equipment, because the high gas flow rates mandate that significant space be provided in the middle of the array of gas nozzles for the gas flows to escape.
  • heat sink 331/gas bearing 332a has a region of reduced cross section in the solid material of the gas nozzle design, relative to the solid material nearest the glass surface.
  • the reduced cross section region is generally positioned between the active cooling fluid and glass sheet under treatment, in order to give a high-volume path for the large volume of heated gas returning from the sheet.
  • FIG. 24 shows yet another alternative embodiment of a cold zone gas bearing 332, like that of the inset of FIG. 23.
  • coolant channels 334 are formed between a gas bearing feed member 335, containing gas bearing feed holes 333, and a gas bearing face member 337a, which provides the glass sheet 400b facing surface of the gas bearing 332.
  • FIG. 25 shows yet another alternative cold zone gas bearing 332c having a similar structure to the embodiment of FIG. 24, but having a porous member 339 between a bearing plate member 337b and glass sheet 400b, such that porous member 339 forms the surface facing the glass sheet 400b.
  • the glass strengthening processes and systems described herein in relation to FIGS. 16-26 may be used or operated to form a glass or glass ceramic article (such as glass sheet 500) having any combination of features,
  • Glass sheets having undergone the thermal strengthening processes described herein may be further processed by undergoing ion exchange to further enhance their strength.
  • Ion- exchanging the surface of glasses heat strengthened as described herein may increase the above- described compressive stresses by at least 20 MPa, such as at least 50 MPa, such as at least 70 MPa, such as at least 80 MPa, such as at least 100 MPa, such as at least 150 MPa, such as at least 200 MPa, such as at least 300 MPa, such as at least 400 MPa, such as at least 500 MPa, such as at least 600 MPa, such as at least 700 MPa, such as at least 800 MPa, such as at least 900 MPa, such as at least 1 GPa, such as at least 1.1 GPa, and/or no more than 5 GPa, in some such contemplated embodiments.
  • the processes and systems described herein can be used for additional thermal conditioning processes as well. While cooling is specifically discussed herein, the systems and processes can be used to transfer heat into the glass sheet via a conductive method. Accordingly, additional embodiments of the processes of the current disclosure, including heating through a gas by conduction more than convection. Such a process or method 700 is illustrated in the flow chart of FIG. 26.
  • the method 700 includes two main steps.
  • the first step, step 710 involves providing an article, such as a glass sheet, having at least one surface.
  • the second step, step 720 involves heating or cooling a portion of the surface of the article, up to and including the entire surface of the article.
  • Step 720 is performed by conduction more than by convection through a gas from or to a heat source or a heat sink source as shown in sub-part 720a, and is performed sufficiently to complete thermal conditioning of the article or the portion of the surface of the article in sub-part 720b, and the conduction of the cooling/heating of step 720 can be performed at a high rate of heat transfer, at least 600 to 620 kW/m 2 of the area of the portion in sub-part 720b.
  • an article can be thermally conditioned - i.e., either heated or cooled - by cooling or heating a portion of the surface of the article, up to and including the entire surface of the article(the portion having an area), by conduction more than by convection, the conduction mediated through a gas to or from a heat sink or a heat source and not through solid-to-solid contact, sufficiently to complete a thermal conditioning of the article or of the portion of the surface of the article, and the conduction being performed, during at least some time of the heating or cooling, at a rate of at least 450, 550, 650, 750, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000 or even 5000 or more kW per square meter.
  • the high rates of thermal power transfer allow for thermal processing or conditioning of all kinds, including heating and cooling during tempering, edge strengthening of glass, firing or sintering of ceramics, glasses, or other materials, and so forth. Additionally, since the heat is extracted or delivered primarily by conduction, tight control is provided over the thermal history and the heat distribution in the treated article while preserving surface smoothness and quality. Accordingly, in yet another aspect of the present disclosure, tight control is provided over the thermal history and the heat distribution in the treated article, since the heat is extracted or delivered primarily by conduction, yet surface smoothness and quality are preserved.
  • the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic articles and sheets discussed herein have a wide range of uses in a wide range of articles, devices, products, structures, etc.
  • a structure 1010 such as a building, house, vehicle, etc., includes a glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 in the form of a window, portion of walls (e.g., surfaces), dividers, etc.
  • the glass or ceramic article 1012 may be strengthened such that the glass or ceramic article 1012 has a negative tensile stress on or near surfaces thereof, balanced by a positive tensile stress internal thereto, as disclosed herein.
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 may have a composition that resists chemicals and/or corrosion as may be present in outdoor environments by having a relatively high silicon dioxide content, such as at least 20% silicon dioxide by weight, such as at least 50% silicon dioxide by weight, such as at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, such as at least 75% by weight.
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 has major surfaces orthogonal to a thickness thereof (see generally sheet 500 as shown in FIG. 4), where the major surfaces have a large area (e.g., at least 5 cm 2 , at least 9 cm 2 , at least 15 cm 2 , at least 50 cm 2 , at least 250 cm 2 ) relative to glass or glass-ceramic articles used in other
  • total light transmission through the glass or glass-ceramic articles 1012 is at least about 50% (e.g., at least 65%), at least 75%) from wavelengths of about 300 nm to about 800 nm, when the glass or glass ceramic article 1012 has thicknesses as disclosed herein, such as a thickness of less than 5 cm, less than 3 cm, less than 2 cm, less than 1.75 cm, less than 1.5 cm, less than 1 cm, less than 5 mm, less than 3 mm, less than 2 mm, less than 1.75 mm, less than 1.5 mm, less than 1 mm, less than 0.8 mm, less than 0.6 mm, less than 0.5 mm, less than 0.4 mm, less than 0.2 mm, and/or at least 10 micrometers, such as at least 50 micrometers.
  • Thin thicknesses of the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 may not harm the function of the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 in architectural, automotive, or other applications relative to conventional articles because the high level of strength of the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 provided by the inventive processes disclosed herein.
  • Thin glass or glass-ceramic articles 1012 may be particularly useful in such architectural, automotive, or other applications because the glass or glass ceramic article 1012 may be lighter than conventional such articles, reducing the weight of the corresponding overall structure.
  • a result may be greater fuel efficiency.
  • buildings a result may be sturdier or less resource-intensive structures.
  • glass or glass-ceramic articles disclosed herein may have areas of lesser magnitude, greater thicknesses, transmit less light, and/or may be used in different applications, such as those disclosed with regard to FIGS. 27-30, for example.
  • a surface 1110 includes a glass or glass ceramic article 1112, manufactured as disclosed herein and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties discussed herein, that functions as a countertop and/or as a portion of a display.
  • total transmission through the glass or glass ceramic articles 1012 is at least about 30% (e.g., at least 50%) from infrared wavelengths of about 800 nm to about 1500 nm, facilitating use of the surface 11 10 as a cooktop.
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article 11 12 has a coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) from about lO lO "7 0 C _1 to about 14 about 20 10 "7 °C A to about 12 about 30x 10 " 7 0 C _1 to about lOOx lO "7 40 ⁇ 10 "7 °C A to about ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ "7 50 ⁇ 10 "7 °C A to about lOOx lO "7 °C _1 , or about 60 ⁇ 10 "7 °C _1 to about 120 ⁇ 10 "7 0 C " ⁇
  • the processes are ideally suited for glass compositions having moderate to high CTEs.
  • Example glasses that work well with the processes described herein include alkali aluminosilicates, such as Coming' s® Gorilla® Glasses, boroaluminosilicates, and soda-lime glasses.
  • the glasses used have CTEs greater than 40, greater than 50, greater than 60, greater than 70, greater than 80, or greater than 90 ⁇ 10 "7 /°C.
  • Some such CTEs may be particularly low for thermal tempering as disclosed herein, where the degree of negative tensile stress is no more than 50 MPa and/or at least 10 MPa.
  • a device 1210 e.g., handheld computer, tablet, portable computer, cellular phone, television, display board, etc.
  • a device 1210 includes one or more glass or glass-ceramic articles 1212, 1214, 1216, manufactured as disclosed herein and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties as disclosed herein, and further includes electronic components 1218 and a housing 1220.
  • the housing 1220 may be or include a glass or glass-ceramic article as disclosed herein.
  • a substrate 1222 for the electronic components 1218 may be a glass or glass-ceramic article as disclosed herein.
  • the glass or glass ceramic articles 1212, 1214 may function as frontplane and backplane substrates, and the glass or glass ceramic article 1216 may function as a cover glass in the device 1210.
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article 1216 of the device 1210 is an alkali-aluminosilicate glass.
  • composition may allow the glass or glass-ceramic article 1216 to be strengthened by thermal tempering, as disclosed herein, and may be additionally strengthened by ion-exchange, providing a particularly high degree of negative tensile stress (e.g., at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa) at or near surfaces thereof.
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article 1216 may include sodium carbonate, calcium oxide, calcium magnesium carbonate, silicon dioxide (e.g., at least 70% by weight), aluminum oxide, and/or other constituents; and may be strengthened by the inventive processes disclosed herein.
  • the glass or glass ceramic article 1216 may be particularly thin or otherwise structured, such as having any of the dimensions as disclosed herein.
  • a glass or glass-ceramic article 1310 manufactured according to processes disclosed herein and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties as disclosed herein, has curvature and/or a variable cross-sectional dimension D.
  • Such articles may have thicknesses disclosed herein as an average of dimension D or as a maximum value of dimension D.
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article 1310 is shown as a curved sheet, other shapes, such as more complex shapes, may be strengthened by processes disclosed herein.
  • the glass or glass ceramic article 1310 may be used as a window for an automobile (e.g., sunroof), as a lens, as a container, or for other applications.
  • glass material manufactured according to processes disclosed herein, and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties as disclosed herein is useful to form at least one sheet of a glass-polymer-interlayer-glass laminate, such as used in many automotive glass sidelights. Stronger and thinner laminates can be produced, resulting in weight and cost savings and fuel efficiency increases. Desirably, a thermally strengthened thin sheet may be cold bent (see generally FIG. 30) and laminated to a formed thicker glass, providing an easy and reliable manufacturing process not requiring any hot forming/shaping of the thin sheet.
  • the systems and methods discussed may be used to thermally condition, strengthen and/or temper a wide variety of glass and/or ceramic materials.
  • the processes and systems described herein may generally be used with almost any glass composition, and some embodiments can be used with glass laminates, glass ceramics, and/or ceramics. In various embodiments, the processes can be used with glass compositions having high CTEs.
  • glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein include alkali aluminosilicates, such as Coming's® Gorilla® Glasses, SLG, soda- or alkali-free glasses and the like.
  • glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein have CTEs of greater than 40x10 "7 /°C, greater than 50x10 "7 /°C, greater than 60x10 "7 /°C, greater than 70x10 "7 /°C, greater than 80x10 "7 /°C, or greater than 90x10 "7 /°C.
  • glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein may have a composition configured for chemical durability.
  • the composition comprises at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, and/or at least 10% sodium oxide by weight, and/or at least 7% calcium oxide by weight.
  • Conventional articles of such compositions may be difficult to chemically temper to a deep depth, and/or may be difficult, if not impossible, to thermally temper by conventional processes to a sufficient magnitude of negative surface tensile stress for thin thicknesses, such as due to fragility and forces of conventional processes.
  • inventive processes disclosed herein allow a strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article or sheet, such as glass sheet 500, with such a composition, where negative tensile stress extends into the respective strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet to a distance of at least 10% of the thickness of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet from at least one of the first and second surfaces (e.g., surfaces 510, 520 of glass sheet 500), such as at least 12% of the thickness, 15% of the thickness, 18% of the thickness, 20% of the thickness.
  • first and second surfaces e.g., surfaces 510, 520 of glass sheet 500
  • the glass or glass-ceramic sheets and articles strengthened as discussed herein have one or more coatings that are placed on the glass prior to the thermal strengthening of the glass sheet.
  • the processes discussed herein can be used to produce strengthened glass sheets having one or more coatings, and, in some such embodiments, the coating is placed on the glass prior to thermal strengthening and is unaffected by the thermal strengthening process.
  • Specific coatings that are advantageously preserved on glass sheets of the present disclosure include low E coatings, reflective coatings, antireflective coatings, anti- fingerprint coatings, cut-off filters, pyrolytic coatings, etc.
  • glass or glass-ceramic sheets or articles discussed herein are boro- aluminosilicate glasses.
  • glass or glass ceramic sheets or articles discussed herein, for example articles 1212, 1214 of the device 1210 shown in FIG. 29, are generally non- alkali glasses, yet still have stress profiles and structures as disclosed herein. Such composition may reduce the degree of relaxation of the glass, facilitating coupling of transistors thereto.
  • the glass sheets/articles discussed herein are flexible glass sheets.
  • the glass sheets/articles discussed herein comprise a laminate of two or more glass sheets.
  • glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein may include an amorphous substrate, a crystalline substrate or a combination thereof, such as a glass-ceramic substrate.
  • Glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein may include an alkali aluminosilicate glass, alkali containing borosilicate glass, alkali
  • glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein may include a glass having a composition, in mole percent (mol%), including: Si0 2 in the range from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 40 to about 80 mol%, A1 2 0 3 in the range from about 10 to about 30 mol%, B 2 0 3 in the range from about 0 to about 10 mol%, R 2 0 in the range from about 0 to about 20 mol%, and/or RO in the range from about 0 to about 15 mol%.
  • Si0 2 in the range from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 40 to about 80 mol%
  • A1 2 0 3 in the range from about 10 to about 30 mol%
  • B 2 0 3 in the range from about 0 to about 10 mol%
  • R 2 0 in the range from about 0 to about 20 mol%
  • RO in the range from about 0 to about 15 mol%.
  • the composition may include either one or both of Zr0 2 in the range from about 0 to about 5 mol% and P 2 0 5 in the range from about 0 to about 15 mol%.
  • Ti0 2 can be present from about 0 to about 2 mol%.
  • compositions used for the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may be batched with 0-2 mol% of at least one fining agent selected from a group that includes Na 2 S0 4 , NaCl, NaF, NaBr, K 2 SO 4 , KC1, KF, KBr, and Sn0 2 .
  • the glass composition according to one or more embodiments may further include Sn0 2 in the range from about 0 to about 2 mol%, from about 0 to about 1 mol%, from about 0.1 to about 2 mol%, from about 0.1 to about 1 mol%, or from about 1 to about 2 mol%.
  • Glass compositions disclosed herein for the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 may be substantially free of As 2 0 and/or Sb 2 0 , in some embodiments.
  • the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may include alkali alumino silicate glass compositions or alkali
  • aluminoborosilicate glass compositions that are further strengthened via an ion exchange process.
  • One example glass composition comprises Si0 2 , B 2 0 and Na 2 0, where
  • the glass composition includes at least 6 wt.% aluminum oxide.
  • the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may include a glass composition with one or more alkaline earth oxides, such that a content of alkaline earth oxides is at least 5 wt.%. Suitable glass compositions, in some embodiments, further comprise at least one of K 2 0, MgO and CaO.
  • the glass compositions used in the strengthened glass or glass- ceramic sheet or article discussed herein can comprise 61-75 mol.% Si02; 7-15 mol.% A1 2 0 ; 0- 12 mol.% B 2 0 ; 9-21 mol.% Na 2 0; 0-4 mol.% K 2 0; 0-7 mol.% MgO; and/or 0-3 mol.% CaO.
  • a further example glass composition suitable for the strengthened glass or glass- ceramic sheet or article discussed herein comprises: 60-70 mol.% Si0 2 ; 6-14 mol.% A1 2 0 ; 0-15 mol.% B 2 0 ; 0-15 mol.% Li 2 0; 0-20 mol.% Na 2 0; 0-10 mol.% K 2 0; 0-8 mol.% MgO; 0-10 mol.% CaO; 0-5 mol.% Zr0 2 ; 0-1 mol.% Sn0 2 ; 0-1 mol.% Ce0 2 ; less than 50 ppm As 2 0 ; and less than 50 ppm Sb 2 0 ; where 12 mol.% ⁇ (Li 2 0 + Na 2 0 + K 2 0) ⁇ 20 mol.% and/or 0 mol.% ⁇ (MgO + CaO) ⁇ 10 mol.%).
  • a still further example glass composition suitable for the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein comprises: 63.5-66.5 mol.% Si0 2 ; 8-12 mol.% A1 2 0 ; 0-3 mol.% B 2 0 ; 0-5 mol.% Li 2 0; 8-18 mol.% Na 2 0; 0-5 mol.% K 2 0; 1-7 mol.% MgO; 0-2.5 mol.% CaO; 0-3 mol.% Zr0 2 ; 0.05-0.25 mol.% Sn0 2 ; 0.05-0.5 mol.% Ce0 2 ; less than 50 ppm As 2 0 ; and less than 50 ppm Sb 2 0 ; where 14 mol.% ⁇ (Li 2 0 + Na 2 0 + K 2 0) ⁇ 18 mol.% and/or 2 mol.% ⁇ (MgO + CaO) ⁇ 7 mol.%.
  • an alkali aluminosilicate glass composition suitable for the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein comprises alumina, at least one alkali metal and, in some embodiments, greater than 50 mol.% Si0 2 , in other embodiments at least 58 mol.% Si0 2 , and in still other embodiments at least 60 mol.% Si0 2 , wherein the ratio (A1 2 0 + B 2 0 )/ ⁇ modifiers (i.e., sum of modifiers) is greater than 1, where in the ratio the components are expressed in mol.% and the modifiers are alkali metal oxides.
  • This glass composition in particular embodiments, comprises: 58-72 mol.% Si0 2 ; 9-17 mol.% A1 2 0 ; 2-12 mol.% B 2 0 ; 8-16 mol.% Na 2 0; and/or 0-4 mol.% K 2 0, wherein the ratio (A1 2 0 + B 2 0 )/ ⁇ modifiers (i.e., sum of modifiers) is greater than 1.
  • the ratio (A1 2 0 + B 2 0 )/ ⁇ modifiers i.e., sum of modifiers
  • the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 may include an alkali aluminosilicate glass composition comprising: 64-68 mol.% Si0 2 ; 12-16 mol.% Na 2 0; 8-12 mol.% A1 2 0 ; 0-3 mol.% B 2 0 ; 2-5 mol.% K 2 0; 4-6 mol.% MgO; and 0-5 mol.% CaO, wherein: 66 mol.% ⁇ Si0 2 + B 2 0 + CaO ⁇ 69 mol.%; Na 2 0 + K 2 0 + B 2 0 + MgO + CaO + SrO > 10 mol.%; 5 mol.% ⁇ MgO + CaO + SrO ⁇ 8 mol.%; (Na 2 0 + B 2 0 ) - A1 2 0 ⁇ 2 mol.%; 2 mol.% ⁇ Na 2 0 - A1 2 0 ⁇ 6 mol.%; and
  • the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or articles discussed herein may comprise an alkali aluminosilicate glass composition comprising: 2 mol.% or more of A1 2 0 and/or Zr0 2 , or 4 mol.% or more of A1 2 0 and/or Zr0 2 .
  • strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or articles discussed herein may include Li 2 0-Al 2 0 - Si0 2 system (i.e. LAS-System) glass ceramics, MgO-Al 2 0 -Si0 2 system (i.e. MAS-System) glass ceramics, and/or glass ceramics that include a predominant crystal phase including ⁇ -quartz solid solution, ⁇ -spodumene ss, cordierite, and lithium disilicate.
  • the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may be characterized by the manner in which it is formed.
  • the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may be characterized as float-formable (i.e., formed by a float process), down-drawable and, in particular, fusion-formable or slot-drawable (i.e., formed by a down draw process such as a fusion draw process or a slot draw process).
  • a float-formable strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article may be characterized by smooth surfaces and consistent thickness, and is made by floating molten glass on a bed of molten metal, typically tin. In an example process, molten glass or glass-ceramic that is fed onto the surface of the molten tin bed forms a floating glass or glass-ceramic ribbon.
  • the temperature is gradually decreased until the glass or glass-ceramic ribbon solidifies into a solid glass or glass-ceramic article that can be lifted from the tin onto rollers. Once off the bath, the glass or glass-ceramic article can be cooled further and annealed to reduce internal stress.
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article is a glass ceramic
  • the glass article formed from the float process may be subjected to a ceramming process by which one or more crystalline phases are generated.
  • Down-draw processes produce glass or glass-ceramic articles having a consistent thickness that possess relatively pristine surfaces. Because the average flexural strength of the glass or glass-ceramic article is controlled by the amount and size of surface flaws, a pristine surface that has had minimal contact has a higher initial strength. When this high strength glass or glass-ceramic article is then further strengthened (e.g., chemically), the resultant strength can be higher than that of a glass or glass-ceramic article with a surface that has been lapped and polished. Down-drawn glass or glass-ceramic articles may be drawn to a thickness of less than about 2 mm.
  • down-drawn glass or glass-ceramic articles have a very flat, smooth surface that can be used in its final application without costly grinding and polishing.
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article is a glass ceramic
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article formed from the down-draw process may be subjected to a ceramming process by which one or more crystalline phases are generated.
  • the fusion draw process uses a drawing tank that has a channel for accepting molten glass raw material.
  • the channel has weirs that are open at the top along the length of the channel on both sides of the channel.
  • the molten glass overflows the weirs. Due to gravity, the molten glass flows down the outside surfaces of the drawing tank as two flowing glass films. These outside surfaces of the drawing tank extend down and inwardly so that they join at an edge below the drawing tank. The two flowing glass films join at this edge to fuse and form a single flowing glass article.
  • the fusion draw method offers the advantage that, because the two glass films flowing over the channel fuse together, neither of the outside surfaces of the resulting glass article comes in contact with any part of the apparatus. Thus, the surface properties of the fusion drawn glass article are not affected by such contact.
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article is a glass ceramic
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article formed from the fusion process may be subjected to a ceramming process by which one or more crystalline phases are generated.
  • the slot draw process is distinct from the fusion draw method.
  • the molten raw material glass is provided to a drawing tank.
  • the bottom of the drawing tank has an open slot with a nozzle that extends the length of the slot.
  • the molten glass flows through the slot/nozzle and is drawn downward as a continuous glass article and into an annealing region.
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article is a glass ceramic
  • the glass article formed from the slot draw process may be subjected to a ceramming process by which one or more crystalline phases are generated.
  • the glass article may be formed using a thin rolling process, as described in U.S. Patent No. 8,713,972, U.S. Patent No. 9,003,835, U.S. Patent Publication No. 2015/0027169, and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050099618, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article may be formed by supplying a vertical stream of molten glass, forming the supplied stream of molten glass or glass-ceramic with a pair of forming rolls, maintained at a surface temperature of about 500° C or higher or about 600° C or higher, to form a formed glass ribbon having a formed thickness, sizing the formed ribbon of glass with a pair of sizing rolls, maintained at a surface temperature of about 400° C or lower to produce a sized glass ribbon having a desired thickness less than the formed thickness and a desired thickness consistency.
  • the apparatus used to form the glass ribbon may include a glass feed device for supplying a supplied stream of molten glass; a pair of forming rolls maintained at a surface temperature of about 500° C or higher, the forming rolls being spaced closely adjacent each other, defining a glass forming gap between the forming rolls with the glass forming gap located vertically below the glass feed device for receiving the supplied stream of molten glass and thinning the supplied stream of molten glass between the forming rolls to form a formed glass ribbon having a formed thickness; and a pair of sizing rolls maintained at a surface temperature of about 400° C or lower, the sizing rolls being spaced closely adjacent each other, defining a glass sizing gap between the sizing rolls with the glass sizing gap located vertically below the forming rolls for receiving the formed glass ribbon and thinning the formed glass ribbon to produce a sized glass ribbon having a desired thickness and a desired thickness consistency.
  • the thin rolling process may be utilized where the viscosity of the glass does not permit use of fusion or slot draw methods.
  • thin rolling can be utilized to form the glass or glass-ceramic articles when the glass exhibits a liquidus viscosity less than 100 kP.
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article may be acid polished or otherwise treated to remove or reduce the effect of surface flaws.
  • the glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein has a composition that differs by side surface.
  • an exemplary composition is: 69-75 wt.% Si0 2 , 0-1.5 wt.% A1 2 0 3 , 8-12 wt.% CaO, 0- 0.1 wt.% CI, 0-500 ppm Fe, 0-500 ppm K , 0.0-4.5 wt.% MgO, 12-15 wt.% Na 2 0, 0-0.5 wt.% S0 , 0-0.5 wt.% Sn0 2 , 0-0.1 wt.% SrO, 0-0.1 wt.% Ti0 2 , 0-0.1 wt.% ZnO, and/or 0-0.1 wt.% Zr0 2 .
  • an exemplary composition is: 73.16 wt.% Si0 2 , 0.076 wt.% A1 2 0 , 9.91 wt.% CaO, 0.014 wt.% CI, 0.1 wt.% Fe 2 0 3 , 0.029 wt.% K 2 0, 2.792 wt.% MgO, 13.054 wt.% Na 2 0, 0.174 wt.% S0 3 , 0.001 Sn0 2 , 0.01 wt.% SrO, 0.01 wt.% Ti0 2 , 0.002 wt.% ZnO, and/or 0.005 wt.% Zr0 2 .
  • composition of the glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein includes Si0 2 55-85 wt.%, A1 2 0 0-30 wt.%, B 2 0 0-20 wt.%, Na 2 0 0-25 wt.%, CaO 0-20 wt.%, K 2 0 0-20 wt.%, MgO 0-15 wt.%, BaO 5-20 wt.%, Fe 2 0 3 0.002-0.06 wt.%), and/or Cr 2 0 0.0001-0.06 wt.%.
  • composition of the glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein includes Si0 2 60-72 mol.%, A1 2 0 3.4-8 mol.%, Na 2 0 13-16 mol.%, K 2 0 0-1 mol.%, MgO 3.3-6 mol.%, Ti0 2 0-0.2 mol.%, Fe 2 0 0.01- 0.15 mol.%, CaO 6.5-9 mol.%, and/or S0 0.02-0.4 mol.%.
  • Si0 2 60-72 mol.% A1 2 0 3.4-8 mol.%, Na 2 0 13-16 mol.%, K 2 0 0-1 mol.%, MgO 3.3-6 mol.%, Ti0 2 0-0.2 mol.%, Fe 2 0 0.01- 0.15 mol.%, CaO 6.5-9 mol.%, and/or S0 0.02-0.4 mol.%.
  • the apparatus comprises three zones - a hot zone, a transition zone, and a cool or quench zone.
  • the gaps between the top and bottom thermal bearings (heat sinks) in the hot zone and the quench zone are set to the desired spacings.
  • Gas flow rates in the hot zone, transition zone, and quench zone are set to ensure centering of the glass material, sheet or part on the air-bearing.
  • the hot zone is pre-heated to the desired T 0 , the temperature from which the glass article will be subsequently quenched.
  • glass articles are pre-heated in a separate pre-heating apparatus, such as a batch or continuous furnace.
  • glass sheets are pre-heated for greater than 5 minutes prior to loading in the hot zone.
  • pre-heating is done around 450°C.
  • the glass article is loaded into the hot zone and allowed to equilibrate, where equilibration is where the glass is uniformly at T 0 .
  • T 0 can be determined by the level of strengthening/tempering desired, but is generally kept in the range between the softening point and the glass transition temperature.
  • the time to equilibration is dependent at least on the thickness of the glass. For example, for glass sheets of approximately 1.1 mm or less, equilibration occurs in approximately 10 seconds. For 3 mm glass sheets, equilibration occurs in approximately 10 seconds to 30 seconds.
  • the equilibration time may be on the order of 60 seconds.
  • Example 1 A soda-lime silicate glass plate (e.g., glass comprising at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, and/or at least 10% sodium oxide by weight, and/or at least 7% calcium oxide by weight) of 5.7 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a To of 690°C for 60 seconds. After equilibrating to To, it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone filled with helium, which has a gap of 91 ⁇ (wherein the gap is the distance between the surface of the glass sheet and the nearest heat sink), where it is held for 10 seconds.
  • the resulting article has a surface compression of -312 MPa, a central tension of 127 MPa, and a flatness of 83 ⁇ .
  • Example 2 A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 5.7 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 690°C for 60 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 91 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds.
  • the resulting article has a surface compression of -317 MPa, a central tension of 133 MPa, and a flatness of about 89.7 micrometers.
  • Example 3 A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 1.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 700°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone filled with helium, which has a gap of 56 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds.
  • the resulting article has a surface fictive temperature measured to be 661°C, a surface compression of -176 MPa, a central tension of 89 MPa, a flatness of 190 ⁇ , and a Vicker's cracking threshold of 10-20 N.
  • Example 4 A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 0.55 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 720°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 25 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.227 cal/(cm 2 - s-°C). The resulting article has a surface compression of -176 MPa and a central tension of 63 MPa. Also, the resulting strengthened articles had a flatness of about 168 (for the initial 710° C temperature sample) and 125 micrometers (for the initial 720° C temperature sample).
  • Example 5 A CORNING® GORILLA® Glass plate of 1.5 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 790°C for 30 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 226 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds. The glass article has an improvement in flatness measured to be 113 ⁇ pre-processing and 58 ⁇ post-processing.
  • Example 6 A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 0.7 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a To of 730°C for 10 seconds.
  • the glass sheet After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone filled with helium, which has a gap of 31 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.184 cal/(cm 2 -s-°C).
  • the resulting article has a surface compression of -206 MPa, a central tension of 100 MPa, and a flatness of 82 ⁇ .
  • the glass sheet Upon fracture, the glass sheet is observed to "dice" (using standard terminology for 2 mm thickness or greater sheet dicing - i.e., a 5x5 cm square of glass sheet breaks into 40 or more pieces) suggesting that the sheet is fully tempered.
  • Example 7 A Borofloat-33 glass plate of 3.3 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 800°C for 30 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 119 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has a flatness of 120 ⁇ . Upon fracture of the part it is observed to "dice" (using standard terminology for 2 mm or greater thickness sheet dicing - i.e., a 5x5 cm square of glass sheet breaks into 40 or more pieces) showing that the sheet is fully tempered.
  • "dice" using standard terminology for 2 mm or greater thickness sheet dicing - i.e., a 5x5 cm square of glass sheet breaks into 40 or more pieces
  • Example 8 A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 3.2 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 690°C for 30 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 84 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds.
  • the resulting article has a surface compression of -218 MPa, a central tension of 105 MPa, and a flatness of 84 ⁇ .
  • Example 9 A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 0.3 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 630°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 159 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has membrane stresses which are observable by gray field polarimetry, suggesting the glass has incorporated the thermal stress.
  • Example 10 A CORNING® GORILLA® Glass plate of 0.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 820°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 141 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.042 cal/(cm 2 -s-°C). Upon fracture, the resulting article displays behavior consistent with a residually stressed glass.
  • Example 11 A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 1.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a To of 700°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 65 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.086 cal/(cm 2 - s-°C). The resulting article has a surface fictive temperature measured to be 657°C, a surface compression of -201 MPa, a central tension of 98 MPa, a flatness of 158 ⁇ , and a Vicker's cracking threshold of 10-20 N.
  • Example 12 - A CORNING® GORILLA® Glass plate of 1.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 810°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone which has a gap of 86 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.069 cal/(cm 2 - s-°C).
  • the resulting article has a surface fictive temperature measured to be 71 1°C, a surface compression of -201 MPa, a central tension of 67 MPa, and a Vicker' s cracking threshold of 20- 30 N.
  • Example 13 - A CORNING® GORILLA® Glass plate of 1.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 800°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 91 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds.
  • the resulting article has a surface fictive temperature measured to be 747°C, a surface compression of -138 MPa, a central tension of 53 MPa, a flatness of 66 ⁇ , and a Vicker's cracking threshold of 20-30 N.
  • Example - a 5.7 mm thick sheet of glass comprising at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, and/or at least 10% sodium oxide by weight, and/or at least 7% calcium oxide by weight was run with helium gas and gaps 204a, 204b (FIG. 21) of about 90 micrometers.
  • the glass was heated to an initial temperature of about 690° C and quickly cooled.
  • the resulting strengthened article had a negative tensile stress of about 300 MPa on surfaces thereof and a positive tensile stress of about 121 MPa in the center. Also, the resulting strengthened article had a flatness of about 106.9 micrometers.
  • the strengthening process also flattened the strengthened glass or glass ceramic article.
  • Curved Glass Strengthening System including High Conduction Cooling Zone
  • FIG. 45 shows a thermally tempered curved glass sheet, tempered via one of the systems or processes discussed herein.
  • the systems and processes shown in FIGS. 31-44 are substantially the same as the systems and processes shown above (e.g., the systems associated with FIGS. 21-25, the process of FIG. 26, etc.) except as discussed herein.
  • the glass article shown in FIG. 45 is substantially the same as the various strengthened glass articles discussed herein, however including one or more curved surfaces as discussed below.
  • the systems and processes shown in FIGS. 31-44 are configured to conductively cool a curved glass article within a cold zone while the glass article is supported by a gas bearing.
  • the gas bearings act as heat sinks and the gaps between the glass article and the gas bearing surfaces are small such that glass article is cooled substantially or primarily by conduction of heat across the gap and into the gas bearing.
  • the gas bearing surfaces that face the major surfaces of the curved glass article are shaped to accommodate the curvature of the glass surfaces.
  • the systems shown in FIGS. 34-44 are configured to receive a glass article, such as a flat glass sheet, and to form a curve into at least one surface of the glass sheet prior to cooling and tempering. Once the desired curvature is formed in the glass sheet, the glass sheet passes into a conductive cooling zone configured to accommodate the curved shape of the glass article.
  • a glass article such as a flat glass sheet
  • System 1400 is shown according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • System 1400 is substantially the same as system 300, discussed above, except for the differences discussed herein.
  • System 1400 includes a hot zone 1402, a transition zone 1404, a cold zone 1406 and a load/unload zone 1408.
  • Hot zone 1402 includes a hot zone gas bearing 1410.
  • Transition zone 1404 includes a transition gas bearing 1412.
  • Cold zone 1406 includes a cold zone gas bearing 1414.
  • Load/unload zone 1408 includes a gas bearing 1416.
  • gas bearings 1410, 1412 and 1414 support a glass article, shown as curved glass sheet 1418 (see FIG.
  • curved glass sheet 1418 is provided to system 1400 shaped to include one or more curve in one more surface of glass sheet 1418.
  • glass sheet 1418 may be shaped by various methods, including roller-based forming stations upstream from system 1400 or mold-forming operations located upstream from system 1400, and in specific embodiments, curved glass sheet 1418 is cooled following shaping and is provided to system 1400 for tempering.
  • a glass material or glass article includes a glass, glass ceramic or combination glass and glass ceramic material or article.
  • System 1400 is configured to temper a curved glass sheet 1418, and in general, gas bearings 1410, 1412, 1414 and 1416 are shaped to receive and support a curved glass sheet, and specifically the gap 1424 is defined by opposing bearing surfaces is shaped to substantially match a curvature of glass sheet 1418.
  • glass sheet 1418 is formed into a curved shape prior to being received by system 1400, and system 1400 heats and tempers curved glass sheet 1418 as discussed above.
  • Gas bearings 1410, 1412 and 1414 include lower bearing surfaces 1420 and upper bearing surfaces 1422 that extend the length of gas bearings 1410, 1412 and 1414. As shown best at the left edge of FIG. 31, lower bearing surfaces 1420 and upper bearing surfaces 1422 are curved to substantially match the curvature of glass sheet 1418. As shown in FIG. 31, lower bearing surfaces 1420 and upper bearing surfaces 1422 are defined by a radius of curvature, Rl, which is a radius of curvature located in a plane perpendicular to the direction of glass movement or the processing direction shown as arrow 1426 (see FIG. 33).
  • Rl radius of curvature
  • lower bearing surfaces 1420 are convex curved surfaces
  • upper bearing surfaces 1422 are concave curved surfaces which defines curved gap 1424.
  • curved gap 1424 has a constant height across the width of the bearings such that the shape of gap 1424 substantially matches the curved shape of curved glass sheet 1418.
  • Rl substantially matches a radius of curvature, R2, of glass sheet 1418 such that, when located within curved gap 1424, the distance between the lower and upper surfaces of glass sheet 1418 and the opposing bearing surfaces 1420 and 1422, respectively, is substantially constant across the width of system 1400.
  • R2 a radius of curvature
  • the matched curvature between the bearing surfaces and the glass surfaces within cold zone 1406 allows for the height of the gaps between the two to be both very small (as discussed above) and constant across the width of the article which in turn allows the curved glass sheet to be cooled primarily by conduction across the width of glass sheet 1418.
  • Rl is equal to R2 plus the size of the gap between the bearing surface and the adjacent glass surface (see e.g., 204a and 204b in FIG. 21).
  • the size of the gap between the bearing surface and the adjacent glass surface within hot zone 1402 is between 75 ⁇ and 700 ⁇ , and the size of the gap between the bearing surface and the adjacent glass surface within cold zone 1406 is between 25 ⁇ and 300 ⁇ .
  • Rl and R2 are between 500 mm and 20,000 mm, specifically between 500 mm and 15,000 mm, and more specifically between 500 mm and 10,000 mm, and in some such embodiments, glass sheet 1418 is a sheet of automotive glass for use in automotive applications.
  • Rl is equal to R2, plus or minus 1%, and specifically, plus or minus 0.5%.
  • curved glass sheet 1418 is a curved sheet having a concave lower surface, a convex upper surface and a constant cross-sectional profile between the upper and lower surfaces.
  • curved glass sheet 1418 includes a convex upper surface and a convex lower surface.
  • curved glass sheet 1418 includes a concave upper surface and a concave lower surface.
  • lower bearing surfaces 1420 and upper bearing surfaces 1422 are curved to match the curvature of the lower and upper surfaces of glass sheet 1418, respectively.
  • system 1400 is described having gas bearings shaped to receive a curved glass sheet, other arrangements are contemplated.
  • the gas bearings are shaped to define gap 1424, which is shaped to receive a cylindrical or tubular glass article, and system 1400 cools and tempers the cylindrical or tubular glass article substantially or primarily via conduction, as discussed above.
  • gap 1424 may be shaped in an asymmetrical manner relative to glass sheet 1418 such that gaps between upper and lower surfaces of glass sheet 1418 and the opposing bearing surfaces varies along the width or length direction.
  • gap size relates to heat transfer via conduction, this variability results in differential cooling and therefore, an asymmetrical surface compression stress profiles across the surfaces of glass sheet 1418.
  • asymmetrical surface compression profile may also be formed by creating a temperature differential (e.g., through differential bearing cooling) within cold zone 1406.
  • system 1400 is shown including a glass shaping station, according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • a glass shaping station shown as shaping station 1430, is located before hot zone 1402.
  • Shaping station 1430 includes a plurality of progressively shaped rollers 1432 having outer surfaces shaped to form the desired curvature into glass sheet 1418.
  • a heated, flat sheet of glass 1434 is fed into shaping station 1430.
  • Progressively shaped rollers 1432 engage the upper and lower surfaces of heated glass sheet 1434 inducing the desired curvature into the glass sheet, forming curved glass sheet 1418.
  • Curved glass sheet 1418 is then fed through system 1400 for tempering as discussed above, forming a curved, tempered glass sheet 1440.
  • the heating provided within hot zone 1402 to achieve shaping varies based on a number of factors, including glass material properties, glass thickness, shaping being formed, etc.
  • glass sheet 1418 is heated within hot zone 1402 to a temperature such that the viscosity of the glass of glass sheet 1418 is between 10 A 8.4 poise to 10 A 10.5 poise, and in some specific embodiments, glass sheet 1418 is provided to hot zone 1402 at a temperature such that the viscosity of the glass of glass sheet 1418 is between 10 ⁇ 9.9 poise to 10 ⁇ 12.6 poise.
  • System 1500 is substantially the same as system 1400, discussed above, except as discussed herein.
  • system 1500 is configured to receive a flat sheet of glass and to shape the flat sheet of glass prior to cooling/tempering, and in particular are configured to shape the glass sheet in a non-contact environment.
  • system 1500 is configured to receive a flat sheet of glass and to shape the flat sheet of glass prior to cooling/tempering, and in particular are configured to shape the glass sheet in a non-contact environment.
  • system 1500 includes a hot zone 1502 that is configured to both heat a glass article prior to tempering and to shape the glass sheet while it is hot while supported between opposing gas bearings.
  • Hot zone 1502 includes a heated gas bearing 1504.
  • Heated gas bearing 1504 includes a lower bearing surface 1506 and an upper bearing surface 1508.
  • bearing surfaces 1506 and 1508 are substantially flat, planar surfaces at the beginning 1510 of hot zone 1502. The curvature of surfaces 1506 and 1508 gradually increase in the processing direction shown by arrow 1426 such that at the output end 1514, surfaces 1506 and 1508 have a curvature, such as Rl, that match the desired curvature of glass article.
  • glass article 1520 is substantially flat at beginning 1510 of hot zone 1502.
  • glass article 1520 moves through hot zone 1502 in the direction of arrow 1426, glass article 1520 is heated to above the glass transition temperature, and glass article 1520 is shaped to match the curvature of bearing surfaces 1506 and 1508 at the output end 1514 of hot zone 1502.
  • heated glass article is bent or shaped to adopt the shape of bearing surfaces 1506 and 1508 as the article traverses hot zone 1502. This shaping occurs in hot zone 1502 without contacting the surfaces of article 1520 with a solid surface.
  • glass article 1520 is passed into cold zone 1406 for cooling and tempering such that a cooled and tempered curved glass sheet 1522 exits system 1500.
  • gas bearing 1504 acts locally to centralize the softened glass article 1520 and force it to have largely equal gaps between each of its two major surfaces and the adjacent bearing surfaces 1506 and 1508.
  • the stiffness (e.g., the restoring pressure exerted on the glass divided by the local displacement of the glass off-center) of a gas bearing is a function of the supply pressure (and in turn, flow rate of gas supplied to the bearings), the bearing gap, and the effective resistance of the gas to flow through the bearing body (whether it is a solid body with discrete holes or a solid porous media).
  • Applicant has operated a gas bearing system as discussed herein at a stiffness of approximately 500,000 Pa/m to flatten a 1.09 mm thick sheet of glass that was at a viscosity of approximately 10 A 8.5 poise within less than approximately 2 to 3 seconds to a desired centering distance of less than approximately 20 microns.
  • the temperature within hot zone 1502 is increased (thereby reducing its viscosity) and/or bearing stiffness is increased.
  • the bearing stiffness is increased by reducing the gap size and/or increasing the flow and pressure of gas supplied.
  • system 1400 includes lower bearing surfaces 1450 and upper bearing surface 1452. Similar to bearing surfaces 1420 and 1422 discussed above, lower bearing surfaces 1450 and upper bearing surfaces 1452 are defined by a radius of curvature Rl located in a plane perpendicular to the processing direction 1426. In addition, lower bearing surfaces 1450 and upper bearing surfaces 1452 are defined by a radius of curvature, R3, located in a plane parallel to the processing direction 1426.
  • the gas bearings and gas bearing surfaces 1420 and 1422 slope and curve downward and away from hot zone 1402.
  • a first radius of curvature (see R2 in FIG. 45) is formed in the width direction of glass sheet 1434 and a second radius of curvature is formed in the length direction of glass sheet 1434 (see R4 in FIG. 45) that substantially matches R3.
  • a glass sheet having at least two radiuses of curvature enter the gas bearings of system 1400 and the radiuses of curvature Rl and R3 of bearing surfaces 1450 and 1452 substantially match the radiuses of curvature R2 and R4 of the shaped glass sheet.
  • system 1500 includes lower bearing surfaces 1530 and upper bearing surfaces 1532. Similar to bearing surfaces 1506 and 1508 discussed above, lower bearing surfaces 1530 and upper bearing surfaces 1532 are defined by a radius of curvature Rl located in a plane perpendicular to the processing direction 1426. In addition, lower bearing surfaces 1530 and an upper bearing surface 1532 are defined by a radius of curvature, R3, located in a plane parallel to the processing direction 1426.
  • a first radius of curvature is formed in the width direction of glass sheet 1520, and as glass article 1520 traverses hot zone 1502, a second radius of curvature is formed in the length direction of glass sheet 1520 (see R4 in FIG. 45) that substantially matches R3.
  • a tempered glass sheet 1536 having curvatures in both the width and length direction exits system 1500.
  • glass sheet 1600 a curved tempered glass article, shown as glass sheet 1600, is shown according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • glass sheet 1600 may include any of the tempered glass features or characteristics discussed herein, such as compressive surface stresses, central tension, fictive temperatures, CTEs, thicknesses, dicing, stress profiles, materials, sizes, etc.
  • glass sheet 1600 may be curved in at least one direction, shown as radiuses of curvature R2 and/or R4.
  • glass sheet 1600 is curved in at least two directions, having radiuses of curvature R2 and R4.
  • systems 1400 and 1500 are configured to conductively temper glass sheets having curvatures R2 and/or R4, and in some embodiments, are configured to shape a glass sheet to form curvatures R2 and/or R4.
  • glass sheet 1600 includes a first surface 1602 and a second surface 1604.
  • surface 1602 is a concave curved surface defined by R2 and/or R4, and surface 1604 is a convex curved defined by R2 and/or R4.
  • both surfaces 1602 and 1604 may be convex surfaces, and in other embodiments, both surfaces 1602 and 1604 may be concave surfaces.
  • first surface 1602 and/or second surface 1604 include substantially flat/planar section(s) and one or more curved surface sections defined by R2 and/or R4.
  • R2 and R4 are not equal to each other such that glass sheet 1600 defines a partial toroidal shaped glass sheet. In other embodiments, R2 and R4 are substantially equal to each other (e.g., within 1% of each other) such that glass sheet 1600 defines a partial spherical shaped glass sheet. In various embodiments, R2 and/or R4 are radiuses of curvature defining the shape of glass sheet 1600 measured between opposing portions of the outer edge or perimeter 1606 of glass sheet 1600. In some such embodiments, R2 and/or R4 are not local curvatures, such as may be found due to surface texture or warp found in an otherwise flat pieces of glass.
  • R2 and/or R4 are 1 mm or more. In specific embodiments, R2 and R4 are between 10 mm and 100 mm, and in some such embodiments, glass sheet 1600 with these radiuses are used for consumer electronic devices. In other embodiments, R2 and R4 are between 500 mm and 20,000 mm, specifically between 500 mm and 15,000 mm, and more specifically between 500 mm and 10,000 mm, and in some such embodiments and in some such embodiments, glass sheet 1600 with these radiuses are used for automotive applications. As will be understood, in such embodiments, Rl and R3 defining the shape of the opposing bearing surfaces discussed above substantially match R2 and/or R4, respectively, and therefore, Rl and R3 are also greater than 1 mm.
  • R2 and/or R4 are substantially constant along the width or length, respectively, of glass sheet 1600. In such embodiments, R2 and/or R4 remains within plus or minus 1% of their nominal or average value at all positions along the width and length of sheet 1600 respectively. In other embodiments, R2 and/or R4 may vary along the width or length, respectively, of glass sheet 1600 such that R2 and/or R4 increase or decrease more than 1% along the width and length of sheet 1600, respectively.
  • either R2 or R4 is zero and the other of R2 or R4 is nonzero such that glass sheet 1600 is a partial cylindrical surface curved in a single direction.
  • R2 is greater than 1 mm
  • glass sheet 1600 is substantially uncurved in a direction perpendicular to the plane of R2.
  • glass sheet 1600 is uncurved in a direction perpendicular to the plane of R2.
  • surfaces 1602 and/or 1604 have 100 ⁇ or less total indicator run-out (TIR), and specifically 50 ⁇ or less total indicator run-out (TIR), along any 50 mm length along one of surfaces 1602 and/or 1604 measured in the uncurved direction.

Abstract

A strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article as well as processes and systems for making the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article are provided. The process comprises cooling the glass sheet by non-contact thermal conduction for sufficiently long to fix a surface compression and central tension of the sheet. The process results in thermally strengthened glass sheets. The systems and processes discussed herein are configured to strengthen and/or shape non-planar glass sheets, such as partial cylindrical, partial toroidal and partial spherical, glass sheets.

Description

THERMALLY STRENGTHENED GLASS AND RELATED SYSTEMS AND METHODS
BACKGROUND
[0001] This application claims the benefit of priority under 35 U.S.C. § 119 of U.S
Provisional Application Serial No.: 62/288,755, filed on January 29, 2016, and also claims the benefit of priority under 35 U.S.C. § 120 of the following applications, each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties: U.S. Application No. : 14/814,232, filed on July 30, 2015; U.S. Application No.: 14/814,181, filed on July 30, 2015; U.S. Application No.: 14/814,274, filed on July 30, 2015; U.S. Application No.: 14/814,293, filed on July 30, 2015; U.S. Application No.: 14/814,303, filed on July 30, 2015; U.S. Application No. : 14/814,363, filed on July 30, 2015; U.S. Application Serial No.: 14/814,319, filed on July 30, 2015; U.S. Application Serial No.: 14/814,335, filed on July 30, 2015.
[0002] The disclosure relates generally to thermally conditioned (e.g., strengthened, tempered, heated, etc.) glass, and specifically relates to thermally strengthened glass and to related methods and systems for the thermal strengthening of glass, particularly for thin glass sheets.
[0003] In thermal (or "physical") strengthening of glass sheets, a glass sheet is heated to an elevated temperature above the glass transition temperature of the glass and then the surfaces of the sheet are rapidly cooled ("quenched") while the inner regions of the sheet cool at a slower rate. The inner regions cool more slowly because they are insulated by the thickness and the fairly low thermal conductivity of the glass. The differential cooling produces a residual compressive stress in the glass surface regions, balanced by a residual tensile stress in the central regions of the glass.
[0004] Thermal strengthening of glass is distinguished from chemical strengthening of glass, in which surface compressive stresses are generated by changing the chemical composition of the glass in regions near the surface by a process such as ion diffusion. In some ion diffusion based processes, exterior portions of glass may be strengthened by exchanging larger ions for smaller ions near the glass surface to impart a compressive stress (also called negative tensile stress) on or near the surface. The compressive stress is believed to limit crack initiation and/or propagation.
[0005] Thermal strengthening of glass also is distinguished from glass strengthened by processes in which exterior portions of the glass are strengthened or arranged by combining two types of glass. In such processes, layers of glass compositions that have differing coefficients of thermal expansion are combined or laminated together while hot. For example, by sandwiching molten glass with a higher coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) between layers of molten glass with a lower CTE, positive tension in the interior glass compresses the outer layers when the glasses cool, again forming compressive stress on the surface to balance the positive tensile stress. This surface compressive stress provides strengthening.
[0006] Thermally strengthened glass has advantages relative to unstrengthened glass. The surface compression of the strengthened glass provides greater resistance to fracture than unstrengthened glass. The increase in strength generally is proportional to the amount of surface compression stress. If a sheet possesses a sufficient level of thermal strengthening, relative to its thickness, then if the sheet is broken, generally it will divide into small fragments rather than into large or elongated fragments with sharp edges. Glass that breaks into sufficiently small fragments, or "dices," as defined by various established standards, may be known as safety glass, or "fully tempered" glass, or sometimes simply "tempered" glass.
[0007] Because the degree of strengthening depends on the temperature difference between the surface and center of the glass sheet during quenching, thinner glasses require higher cooling rates to achieve a given stress. Also, thinner glass generally requires higher values of surface compressive stress and central tension stress to achieve dicing into small particles upon breaking. Accordingly, achieving desirable levels of tempering in glass with thicknesses of around 3 mm or less has been exceedingly challenging, if not impossible.
[0008] Aspects of the present disclosure also relate generally to glass or glass-ceramic that has a stress profile for strengthening exterior portions thereof. Glass and glass-ceramic articles, such as sheets of glass, may be used for a broad range of applications. Examples of such applications include use in windows, countertops, containers (e.g., food, chemical), use as a backplane, frontplane, cover glass, etc., for a display device (e.g., tablet, cellular phone, television), use as a high-temperature substrate or support structure, or other applications.
SUMMARY
[0009] This disclosure relates, in part, to highly strengthened thin glass sheets and articles, and to methods, processes, and systems that achieve surprisingly high levels of heat
strengthening of glass sheets at thicknesses not achieved in the past. In various embodiments, the process and method of the current disclosure is believed to surpass the glass thickness limits and heat transfer rates provided by conventional convective gas thermal strengthening processes without the need to contact the glass with liquid or solid heat sinks. In such systems and processes, during quenching, the glass is contacted only with a gas. The systems and methods disclosed enable thermal strengthening, including up to "full temper" or dicing behavior, in glass sheets having thicknesses down to at least as thin as 0.1 mm (in at least some contemplated embodiments); and in some embodiments, provides this strengthening in a thin glass sheet that also has a low roughness and a high degree of flatness resulting from the lack of liquid or solid contact during quenching. In various embodiments, these advantageous glass sheet material properties are provided by a system and method with substantially lower quenching power requirements, as compared to conventional convective glass tempering systems.
[0010] One embodiment of the disclosure relates to a process for thermally strengthening a glass material. The process includes providing article formed from a glass material. The process includes heating the article above a glass transition temperature of the glass material. The process includes moving the heated article into a cooling station. The cooling station includes a heat sink having a heat sink surface facing the heated article and a gas gap separating the heat sink surface from the heated article such that the heat sink surface does not touch the heated article. The process includes cooling the heated article to a temperature below the glass transition temperature such that surface compressive stresses and central tensile stresses are created within the article. The article is cooled by transferring thermal energy from the heated article to the heat sink by conduction across the gap such that more than 20% of the thermal energy leaving the heated article crosses the gap and is received by the heat sink. [0011] Another embodiment of the disclosure relates to a system for thermally strengthening a glass sheet. The system includes a heating station including a heating element delivering heat to the glass sheet, and the glass sheet includes a first major surface, a second major surface and a thickness between the first and second major surfaces. The system includes a cooling station, including opposing first and second heat sink surfaces defining a channel therebetween such that during cooling the glass sheet is located within the channel. The system includes a gas bearing delivering pressurized gas to the channel such that the glass sheet is supported within the channel without touching the first and second heat sink surfaces, and the gas bearing defines a gap area. The gas bearing delivers a gas into the channel such that a total mass flow rate of gas into the channel is greater than zero and less than 2k/gCp per square meter of gap area, where k is the thermal conductivity of a gas within the channel evaluated in the direction of heat conduction, g is the distance between the glass sheet and the heat sink surface, and Cp is the specific heat capacity of the gas within the channel.
[0012] Another embodiment of the disclosure relates to a strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article. The article includes a first major surface, a second major surface opposite the first major surface and an interior region located between the first and second major surfaces. The article includes an average thickness between the first major surface and second major surface of less than 2 mm. The article includes at least 50%, 60% or as much as 70% silicon dioxide by weight. An ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of both the first major surface and the second major surface is the same as an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of the interior region. The first major surface and the second major surfaces are under compressive stress and the interior region is under tensile stress, and the compressive stress is greater than 150 MPa. A surface roughness of the first major surface is between 0.2 and 1.5 nm Ra roughness.
[0013] Another embodiment of the disclosure relates to a strengthened glass article. The strengthened glass article includes a first major surface, a second major surface opposite the first major surface, an interior region located between the first and second major surfaces and an outer edge surface extending between and surrounding the first and second major surfaces such that the outer edge surface defines the perimeter of the article. The article is thermally tempered such that the first major is under compressive stress, and the compress stress is less than 600 MPa and greater than the compressive stress defined by equations 7, 8 and 9, where h is greater than or equal to 0.020. At least a portion of the first major surface is a curved surface including a first radius of curvature, and the first radius of curvature is 1 mm or more, and less than 1000m, 100 m, 50 m, 10 m, 5 m, or even 1 m.
[0014] Another embodiment of the disclosure relates to a process for shaping and thermally strengthening a glass material. The process includes heating a glass article above a glass transition temperature of the glass material, the glass article formed from the glass material, the glass article having a first surface and a second surface opposite the first surface. The process includes shaping the heated glass article such that the at least a portion of the first surface is curved and comprises a first radius of curvature. The first radius of curvature is 1 mm or more, and less than 1000m, 100 m, 50 m, 10 m, 5 m, or even 1 m. The process includes cooling the heated and shaped glass article in a cooling station. The cooling station includes a heat sink having opposing heat sink surfaces facing the first and second surfaces of the glass article such that first and second gaps separate the heat sink surfaces from the first and second surfaces of the glass article, respectively, and such that the heat sink surfaces do not touch either the first surface or the second surface of the glass article. The glass article is cooled within the cooling station without contacting either the first surface or the second surface to a temperature below the glass transition temperature. The glass article is cooled by transferring thermal energy from the heated glass article to the heat sink by conduction across the gaps such that more than 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%), 60%) or even 75% of the thermal energy leaving the heated glass article crosses the gaps and is received by the heat sink.
[0015] Another embodiment of the disclosure relates to a process for thermally strengthening a glass article. The process includes heating a glass article, formed from the glass material, above a glass transition temperature of the glass material. The glass article has a first surface and a second surface opposite the first surface, and at least a portion of the first surface is defined by a first radius of curvature that is 1 mm or more and less than 1000m, 100 m, 50 m, 10 m, 5 m, or even 1 m. The process includes moving the heated glass article into a cooling station including a heat sink having a heat sink surface facing the heated glass article and a gas gap separating the heat sink surface from the heated glass article such that the heat sink surface does not touch the heated glass article. The process includes cooling the heated glass article to a temperature below the glass transition temperature such that compressive stress of the first surface of the glass article is less than 600 MPa and greater than the compressive stress defined by equations 7, 8 and 9, where h is greater than or equal to 0.020. The glass article is cooled by transferring thermal energy from the heated glass article to the heat sink by conduction across the gap such that more than 20% of the thermal energy leaving the heated glass article crosses the gap and is received by the heat sink.
[0016] Additional features and advantages will be set forth in the detailed description that follows, and, in part, will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art from the description or recognized by practicing the embodiments as described in the written description and claims hereof, as well as the appended drawings.
[0017] It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are merely exemplary, and are intended to provide an overview or framework to understand the nature and character of the claims.
[0018] The accompanying drawings are included to provide a further understanding and are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification. The drawings illustrate one or more embodiments, and together with the description serve to explain principles and the operation of the various embodiments.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0019] FIG. 1 (Prior Art) is a graph of blower power required for "full tempering" as a function of glass thickness.
[0020] FIG. 2 (Prior Art) is a graph of blower power required for "full tempering" as a function of glass thickness for an old process or machine O and a newer process or machine N.
[0021] FIG. 3 (Prior Art) is a graph of the old curve O and the new curve N of FIG. 2 scaled to match and superimposed upon the graph of FIG. 1. [0022] FIG. 4 is a perspective view of a glass or glass-ceramic article or sheet according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0023] FIG. 5 is a diagrammatic partial cross-section of a thermally strengthened glass sheet of FIG. 4 according an exemplary embodiment.
[0024] FIG. 6 is a graphical representation of estimated tensile stress versus thickness for a glass or glass-ceramic article according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0025] FIG. 7 shows a portion of a fractured glass or glass-ceramic article according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0026] FIG. 8 is a plot of fragmentation per square centimeter as a function of positive tensile stress from experiment.
[0027] FIG. 9 is a plot of the magnitude of negative tensile stress at the surface as a function of initial hot zone temperature from experiment, showing a threshold to achieve dicing.
[0028] FIG. 10 is a plot of the non-dimensional surface fictive temperature parameter 0s for fictive temperatures obtained by one or more embodiments of methods and systems of the present invention.
[0029] FIG. 11 is a plot of surface compression stresses calculated by simulation for differing glass compositions, plotted against a proposed temperability parameter Ψ for the various compositions shown.
[0030] FIGS. 12 and 13 are graphs of two parameters Pi and P2 as functions of heat transfer coefficient h.
[0031] FIG. 14 is a graph of MPa of surface compression of a glass sheet as a function of thickness t of the sheet in millimeters, showing regions of performance newly opened by one or more embodiments of the systems and methods of the present disclosure. [0032] FIG. 15 is a graph showing compressive stress as a function of thickness plotted for selected exemplary embodiments of tempered glass sheets of the present disclosure.
[0033] FIG. 16 is a flow chart illustrating some aspects of a method according to the present disclosure.
[0034] FIG. 17 is a flow chart illustrating some aspects of another method according to the present disclosure.
[0035] FIG. 18 is the graph of FIG. 3 with a region R and points A, B, A' and B' marked thereon to show a region in which the methods and systems of the present disclosure allow operation, in contrast to the prior art.
[0036] FIG. 19 is another representation of the region R and points A, B, A' and B' of FIG. 18, but shown adjacent to (and positioned relative to the scale) of a reduced size copy of FIG. 2.
[0037] FIG. 20 (Prior Art) is a graph of the required heat transfer coefficient needed for tempering as a function of glass thickness.
[0038] FIG. 21 is a diagrammatic cross-section of a glass sheet being cooled by conduction more than by convection, according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0039] FIG. 22 is a schematic cross-sectional diagram of a conductive strengthening system according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0040] FIG. 23 is a perspective cut-away view of another embodiment of a system similar to that of FIG. 22 according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0041] FIG. 24 is a perspective cut-away view of an alternative embodiment of the inset feature of FIG. 23 according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0042] FIG. 25 is a perspective cut-away view of yet another alternative embodiment of the inset feature of FIG. 23 according to an exemplary embodiment. [0043] FIG. 26 is a flow chart illustrating some aspects of yet another method according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0044] FIG. 27 is a perspective view of a building with glass windows according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0045] FIG. 28 is a perspective view of a display on a countertop according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0046] FIG. 29 is an exploded perspective view of a device including glass or glass-ceramic articles according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0047] FIG. 30 is a perspective view of a glass or glass-ceramic article or sheet according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0048] FIG. 31 is a perspective view of a conductive strengthening system configured to strengthen a curved glass article according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0049] FIG. 32 is a perspective cross-sectional view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 31 according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0050] FIG. 33 is a perspective view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 31 with the upper section of the gas bearing removed according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0051] FIG. 34 is a perspective view of a conductive strengthening system configured to strengthen and shape a glass article according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0052] FIG. 35 is a perspective cross-sectional view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 34 according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0053] FIG. 36 is a top plan view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 34 according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0054] FIG. 37 is a perspective view of a conductive strengthening system configured to strengthen and shape a glass article according to another exemplary embodiment. [0055] FIG. 38 is a perspective cross-sectional view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 37 according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0056] FIG. 39 is a perspective view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 37 with the upper section of the gas bearing removed according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0057] FIG. 40 is a perspective view of a conductive strengthening system configured to strengthen and shape a glass article according to another exemplary embodiment.
[0058] FIG. 41 is a perspective cross-sectional view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 40 according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0059] FIG. 42 is a perspective view of a conductive strengthening system configured to strengthen and shape a glass article according to another exemplary embodiment.
[0060] FIG. 43 is a perspective cross-sectional view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 42 according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0061] FIG. 44 is a perspective view of the conductive strengthening system of FIG. 42 with the upper section of the gas bearing removed according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0062] FIG. 45 is a perspective view of a curved, thermally strengthened glass article according to an exemplary embodiment.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0063] Applicant has recognized a need for improvements in thermal processing of glass, both in methods and systems for thermally strengthening glass and the resulting thermally strengthened glass sheets themselves. For example, thinner, but strong optical-quality glass sheet materials and products comprising such glass sheets are useful for a number of
applications, including portable electronic devices, automotive glass, structural glass, etc. Glass is very strong in compression but relatively weak against tension at the surface. By providing compression at the surface of a sheet, balanced by tension at the center where there is no exposed surface, the useful strength of a glass sheet is dramatically increased. However, while traditional thermal strengthening of glass is generally cheaper and faster relative to alternative methods of strengthening (e.g., chemical strengthening, lamination-based strengthening), traditional thermal strengthening of glass is not known to be effective for strengthening thin glass (e.g., glass sheets of 2-3 mm or less). Traditional thermal glass strengthening methods are typically thought to be limited to thicker glass sheets because the level of strengthening depends on the temperature difference created between the surface and the center of the glass sheet during quenching; and because of thermal conduction rate limitations of traditional strengthening methods, it is difficult to achieve significant temperature differences between the surface and the center of a thin glass sheet due to the relatively even cooling that typically occurs throughout a thin glass sheet.
[0064] On the other hand, strengthening thin glass through ion exchange can be time- consuming and cumbersome, such as requiring chemical bathing of the glass for extended periods of time. Laminating different types of glasses directly to one another may require complicated manufacturing processes, such as involving a dual-isopipe fusion draw.
[0065] Therefore, a need exists for glass or glass-ceramic articles having stress profiles that result in strengthening of the glass for a variety of uses such as in windows, countertops, devices, etc. made by processes that are less resource-intensive and/or cumbersome than conventional processes. Specifically, processes and systems discussed herein form glass articles having stress profiles that strengthen the exterior portions of the glass, which in turn act to mitigate cracking and damage while at the same time allowing for a variety of other desirable glass qualities (e.g., geometry, surface quality, transmittance of visible light, flexibility, etc.) to facilitate the use in various glass applications.
[0066] The present description provides improved methods and systems for utilizing thermal strengthening to produce highly strengthened glass materials, and in particular highly
strengthened thin glass sheets. The methods and systems solve a variety of the limitations of conventional glass strengthening processes, allowing for high levels of strengthening in glass sheets with thicknesses less than about 3 mm, less than 2 mm, less than 1.5 mm, less than 1.0 mm, less than 0.5 mm, less than about 0.25 mm, and less than about 0.1 mm. In particular, Applicant has developed a system and method that provides a very high rate of thermal conduction forming a large enough temperature differential between the surface and center of a glass sheet to provide strengthening or tempering even in very thin glass sheets.
Overview of Conventional Thermal Tempering Technology and Limitations
[0067] Conventional industrial processes for thermally strengthening glass involve heating glass sheets in a radiant energy furnace or a convection furnace (or a "combined mode" furnace using both techniques) to a predetermined temperature, then gas cooling ("quenching"), typically via convection by blowing large amounts of ambient air against or along the glass surface. This gas cooling process is predominantly convective, whereby the heat transfer is by mass motion (collective movement) of the fluid, via diffusion and advection, as the gas carries heat away from the hot glass sheet.
[0068] In conventional tempering processes, certain factors can restrict the amount of strengthening typically consider possible in glass sheets, particularly thin glass sheets.
Limitations exist, in part, because the amount of compressive stress on the finished sheet is related directly to the size of the temperature differential between the surface and the center of the sheet, achieved during quenching. However, the larger the temperature differential during quenching, the more likely glass is to break during quenching. Breakage can be reduced, for a given rate of cooling, by starting the quench from a higher initial glass temperature. Also, higher starting temperatures typically allow the tempered glass sheet to achieve the full strengthening potential provided by high cooling rates. However, increasing the temperature of the sheet at the start of the quench also has its own potential drawbacks. For example, high initial glass temperatures can lead to excessive deformation of the sheet as it becomes softer, again limiting the practically achievable temperature differential.
[0069] In conventional tempering processes, sheet thickness also imposes significant limits on the achievable temperature differential during quenching. The thinner the sheet, the lower the temperature differential between the surface and the center for a given cooling rate during quenching. This is because there is less glass thickness to thermally insulate the center from the surface. Accordingly, thermal strengthening of thin glass typically requires higher cooling rates (as compared to thermal strengthening of thicker glass) and, thus, faster removal of heat from the external surfaces of the glass typically requires significant energy consumption in order to generate strengthening levels of differential temperature between the inner and outer portions of the glass sheet.
[0070] By way of example, FIG. 1 shows the power required by air blowers (in kilowatts per square meter of glass sheet area) employed to blow sufficient ambient air to "fully temper" soda- lime glass ("SLG"), as a function of glass thickness in millimeters, based on industry standard thermal strengthening processes developed 35 years ago. The power required increases exponentially as the glass used gets thinner. Thus, glass sheets of about 3 mm in thickness were the thinnest fully thermally tempered commercial glass available for many years.
[0071] Further, the thinner the sheet, the greater the likelihood of deformation at a given softness (that is, at a given viscosity) of the glass. Therefore, decreasing thickness both reduces the achievable temperature differential directly and, because of increased risk of deformation of the sheet, tends to reduce the opportunity to use higher sheet temperatures to achieve the full benefits of higher cooling rates and to prevent glass breakage caused by higher cooling rates. Thus, in conventional convective gas glass strengthening processes, higher rates of cooling are achieved by increasing the rate of air flow, decreasing the distance of air nozzle openings to the glass sheet surface, increasing the temperature of the glass (at the start of cooling), and optionally, decreasing the temperature of the cooling air.
[0072] As a more recent example, the performance curves of FIG. 2 (Prior Art) were published using state of the art glass thermal strengthening equipment. This improved equipment continues to use traditional air blown convective processes to cool the glass, but replaces rollers used to support the glass during heating with a system that utilizes air to support the glass during at least the last stages of heating. Without roller contact, the glass can be heated to higher temperatures (and higher softness / lower viscosity) prior to quenching, reportedly allowing the production of fully tempered glass at 2 mm thickness. As shown in FIG. 2, the reported blower power required to strengthen a 2 mm thick sheet is reduced from 1200 kW/m2 to 400 kW/m2 at the higher temperatures enabled by using air to support the glass (curve N) as compared to using rollers (curve O). [0073] Although it represents progress to be able to produce fully tempered 2 mm thick glass, scaling the old and new curves O and N of FIG. 2 to match the scale of FIG. 1, as shown in FIG. 3 (Prior Art), shows that the improvement in performance achieved by the state of the art convective tempering process (shown in FIG. 2) is relatively small and simply an incremental change in the previous understanding of the energy needs in convective strengthening of glass sheets. In FIG. 3 the old and new curves O and N of FIG. 2 are scaled to match the graph of FIG. 1, and overlaid thereon (with the old curve O truncated at the top at 240 kW/m2 for easier viewing of the new curve N). From FIG. 3 it is apparent that the technology represented by the curve N changes only slightly the performance curve of convective gas quenching processes as glass thickness is decreased from 3 mm to 2 mm. The high operating point (400 kW/m2 of blower power for 2 mm glass) shows the extreme increase in power still required to process thinner glass by this method. The sharp increase in airflow and, thus, power needed suggests the difficulty, as a matter of both engineering practice and economics, in going below 2 mm thickness while producing fully tempered glass using conventional convective gas strengthening methods. Additionally, the very high airflows needed also could deform the shape of thinner sheets. Accordingly, to reach full temper of glass having a thickness of less than 2 mm or to reach full temper at 2 mm in glasses having coefficients of thermal expansion ("CTE") lower than that of soda-lime glasses using thermal tempering, Applicant has identified that another tempering method/system is needed.
[0074] Alternative thermal strengthening methods to current commercial convective gas strengthening have been tried as well, but each has certain drawbacks relative to convective gas strengthening. In particular, typical alternative thermal strengthening methods that achieve higher cooling rates generally require at least some liquid or solid contact with the glass surfaces, rather than gas contact only. Such contact with the glass sheet can adversely affect glass surface quality, glass flatness, and/or evenness of the strengthening process. These defects sometimes can be perceived by the human eye, particularly when viewed in reflected light. As described in more detail below, at least in some embodiments, the conductive thermal tempering system of the present disclosure reduces or eliminates such contact-related defects. [0075] Liquid contact strengthening, in the form of immersion in liquid baths or flowing liquids, as well as in the form of spraying, has been used to achieve higher cooling rates than convective gas strengthening, but has the drawback of causing excessive thermal variations across a sheet during the cooling process. In immersion or immersion-like spraying or flowing of liquids, large thermal variations over small areas can occur due to convection currents that arise spontaneously within the liquid bath or liquid flow. In finer spraying, the discrete spray droplets and the effects of nozzle spray patterns also produce significant thermal variations. Excessive thermal variations tend to cause glass breakage during thermal strengthening by liquid contact, which can be mitigated by limiting the cooling rates, but limiting cooling rates also lowers the resulting strengths that can be achieved. Further, the necessary handling of the sheet (to position or hold it within the liquid bath or liquid flow or liquid spray) also causes physical stress and excessive thermal variations from physical contact with the sheet, tending also to cause breakage during strengthening and limiting the cooling rates and resulting strengths. Finally, some liquid cooling methods, such as high cooling rate quenching by oil immersion and various spraying techniques, can alter the glass surface during such cooling, requiring later removal of glass material from the sheet surface to produce a satisfactory finish.
[0076] Solid contact thermal strengthening involves contacting the surface of the hot glass with a cooler solid surface. As with liquid contact strengthening, excessive thermal variations, like those seen in liquid contact strengthening, can easily arise during the quenching process. Any imperfection in the surface finish of the glass sheet, in the quenching surfaces, or in the consistency of the thickness of the sheet, results in imperfect contact over some area of the sheet, and this imperfect contact may cause large thermal variations that tend to break the glass during processing and may also cause unwanted birefringence if the sheet survives. Additionally, contacting the hot glass sheet with a solid object can lead to the formation of surface defects, such as chips, checks, cracks, scratches, and the like. Achieving good physical contact over the entirety of the surfaces of a glass sheet also can become increasing difficult as the dimensions of the sheet increase. Physical contact with a solid surface also can mechanically stress the sheet during quenching, adding to the likelihood of breaking the sheet during the process. Further, the extreme high rate temperature changes at the initiation of contact can cause breakage during sheet processing and, as such, contact cooling of thin glass substrates has not been commercially viable.
Overview of Applicant's Thermally Strengthened Glass and Related Conductive Cooling
Process and Method
[0077] The present disclosure surpasses the traditional processes described above to effectively, efficiently, and evenly thermally strengthen thin glass sheets at commercial scales without generating various flaws common in conventional processes, e.g., without damaging the surface of the glass, without inducing birefringence, without uneven strengthening, and/or without causing unacceptable breakage, etc. Previously unobtainable, thin, thermally
tempered/strengthened glass sheets can be produced by one or more of the embodiments disclosed herein. The systems and processes discussed herein accomplish this by providing very high heat transfer rates in a precise manner, with good physical control and gentle handling of the glass. In particular embodiments, the processes and systems discussed herein utilize a small-gap, gas bearing in the cooling/quenching section that Applicant has identified as allowing for processing thin glass sheets at higher relative temperatures at the start of cooling, resulting in higher thermal strengthening levels. As described below, this small-gap, gas bearing
cooling/quenching section achieves very high heat transfer rates via conductive heat transfer to heat sink(s) across the gap, rather than using high air flow based convective cooling. This high rate conductive heat transfer is achieved while not contacting the glass with liquid or solid material, by supporting the glass on gas bearings within the gap. As described below, Applicant has also identified that, in at least some embodiments, the processes and systems discussed herein form thermally strengthened glass, specifically thermally strengthened thin glass, having one or more unique properties.
[0078] Some embodiments of glass sheets treated by methods and/or systems according to the present disclosure have higher levels of permanent thermally induced stresses than previously known. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the achieved levels of thermally induced stress are obtainable for a combination of reasons. The high uniformity of the heat transfer in the processes detailed herein reduces or removes physical and unwanted thermal stresses in the glass, allowing glass sheets to be tempered at higher heat transfer rates without breaking. Further, the present methods can be performed at lower glass sheet viscosities (higher initial temperatures at the start of quench), while still preserving the desired glass flatness and form, which provides a much greater change in temperature in the cooling process, thus increasing the heat strengthening levels achieved.
Thermally Tempered Glass Sheet
[0079] As noted above, Applicant has developed a system and process for forming thermally strengthened glass sheets, particularly thin glass sheets, and as discussed in this section, the thermally strengthened, thin glass sheets formed as discussed herein have one or more unique properties and/or combinations of properties, previously unachievable through conventional thermal or other tempering methods.
Thermally Tempered Glass Sheet Structure and Dimensions
[0080] Referring to FIG. 4 and FIG. 5, a thermally strengthened glass sheet having a high surface compressive stress and/or a high central tension is shown according to an exemplary embodiment. FIG. 4 shows a perspective view of a thermally strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article or sheet 500, and FIG. 5 is a diagrammatic partial cross-section of thermally strengthened glass sheet 500 according to one or more embodiments.
[0081] As shown in FIG. 4, a strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 500 (e.g., sheet, beam, plate), includes a first major surface 510, a second major surface 520 (dotted line to back side of the sheet 500, which may be translucent as disclosed herein), and a body 522 extending therebetween. The second major surface 520 is on an opposite side of the body 522 from the first major surface 510 such that a thickness t of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is defined as a distance between the first and second major surfaces 510, 520, where the thickness t is also a dimension of depth. A width, w, of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is defined as a first dimension of one of the first or second major surfaces 510, 520 orthogonal to the thickness t. A length, /, of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is defined as a second dimension of one of the first or second major surfaces 510, 520 orthogonal to both the thickness t and the width w.
[0082] In exemplary embodiments, thickness t of glass sheet 500 is less than length / of glass sheet 500. In other exemplary embodiments, thickness t of glass sheet 500 is less than width w of glass sheet 500. In yet other exemplary embodiments, thickness t of glass sheet 500 is less than both length / and width w of glass sheet 500. As shown in FIG. 5, glass sheet 500 further has regions of permanent thermally induced compressive stress 530 and 540 at and/or near the first and second major surfaces 510, 520, balanced by a region of permanent thermally induced central tensile stress 550 (i.e., tension) in the central portion of the sheet.
[0083] The methods and systems may be used to form strengthened glass sheets having a wide variety of thickness ranges. In various embodiments, thickness t of glass sheet 500 ranges from 0.1 mm to 5.7 or 6.0 mm, including, in addition to the end point values, 0.2 mm, 0.28 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.55 mm, 0.7 mm, 1 mm, 1.1 mm, 1.5 mm, 1.8 mm, 2 mm, and 3.2 mm.
Contemplated embodiments include thermally strengthened glass sheets 500 having thicknesses t in ranges from 0.1 to 20 mm, from 0.1 to 16 mm, from 0.1 to 12 mm, from 0.1 to 8 mm, from 0.1 to 6 mm, from 0.1 to 4 mm, from 0.1 to 3 mm, from 0.1 to 2 mm, from 0.1 to less than 2 mm, from 0.1 to 1.5 mm, from 0.1 to 1 mm, from 0.1 to 0.7 mm, from 0.1 to 0.5 mm and from 0.1 to
0.3 mm.
[0084] In some embodiments, glass sheets of 3 mm or less in thickness are used. In some embodiments, the glass thickness is about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 8 mm or less, about 6 mm or less, about 3 mm or less, about 2.5 mm or less, about 2 mm or less, about 1.8 mm or less, about 1.6 mm or less, about 1.4 mm or less, about 1.2 mm or less, about 1 mm or less, about 0.8 mm or less, about 0.7 mm or less, about 0.6 mm or less, about 0.5 mm or less, about 0.4 mm or less, about 0.3 mm or less, or about 0.28 mm or less.
[0085] In some embodiments, thermally strengthened glass sheets have high aspect ratios -
1. e., the length and width to thickness ratios are large. Because the thermal tempering processes discussed herein do not rely on high pressures or large volumes of air, various glass sheet properties, such as surface roughness and flatness, can be maintained after tempering by the use of gas bearings and high thermal transfer rate systems discussed herein. Similarly, the thermal tempering processes discussed herein allow high aspect ratio glass sheets (i.e., glass sheets with high ratio of length to thickness, or of width to thickness, or both) to be thermally strengthened while retaining the desired or necessary shape. Specifically, sheets with length to thickness and/or width to thickness ratios ("aspect ratios") of approximately at least 10: 1, at least 20: 1, and up to and over 1000: 1 can be strengthened. In contemplated embodiments, sheets with aspect ratios of at least 200: 1, at least 500: 1, at least 1000: 1, at least 2000: 1, at least 4000: 1 can be strengthened.
[0086] According to an exemplary embodiment, the length / of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is greater than or equal to the width w, such as greater than twice the width w, greater than five times the width w, and/or no more than fifty times the width w. In some such embodiments, the width w of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is greater than or equal to the thickness t, such as greater than twice the thickness t, greater than five times the thickness t, and/or no more than fifty times the thickness t.
[0087] In some embodiments, such as for applications disclosed with regard to FIGS. 27-30 discussed below, for example, the length / of the glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is at least 1 cm, such as at least 3 cm, at least 5 cm, at least 7.5 cm, at least 20 cm, at least 50 cm, and/or no more than 50 m, such as no more than 10 m, no more than 7.5 m, no more than 5 m. In some such embodiments, the width w of the glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is at least 1 cm, such as at least 3 cm, at least 5 cm, at least 7.5 cm, at least 20 cm, at least 50 cm, and/or no more than 50 m, such as no more than 10 m, no more than 7.5 m, no more than 5 m. Referring to FIG. 4, glass or glass-ceramic is in the form a sheet 500 has a thickness t that is thinner than 5 cm, such as 2.5 cm or less, 1 cm or less, 5 mm or less, 2.5 mm or less, 2 mm or less, 1.7 mm or less, 1.5 mm or less, 1.2 mm or less, or even 1 mm or less in contemplated embodiments, such as 0.8 mm or less; and/or the thickness t is at least 10 μηι, such as at least 50 μηι, at least 100 μητ, at least 300 μηι.
[0088] In other contemplated embodiments, the glass or glass-ceramic article may be sized other than as disclosed herein. In contemplated embodiments, the length /, width w, and/or thickness t of the glass or glass-ceramic articles may vary, such as for more complex geometries (see generally FIG. 30), where dimensions disclosed herein at least apply to aspects of the corresponding glass or glass-ceramic articles having the above-described definitions of length /, width w, and thickness t with respect to one another.
[0089] In some embodiments, at least one of the first or second surfaces 510, 520 of glass sheet 500 has a relatively large surface area. In various embodiments, first and/or second surfaces 510, 520 having areas of at least 100 mm2, such as at least 900 mm2, at least 2500 mm2, at least 5000 mm2, at least 100 cm2, at least 900 cm2, at least 2500 cm2, at least 5000 cm2, and/or no more than 2500 m2, such as no more than 100 m2, no more than 5000 cm2, no more than 2500 cm2, no more than 1000 cm2, no more than 500 cm2, no more than 100 cm2. As such, the glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 may have a relatively large surface area; which, except by methods and systems disclosed herein, may be difficult or impossible to thermally strengthen particularly while having the thicknesses, surface qualities, and/or strain homogeneities of the glass sheets discussed herein. Further, except by methods and systems disclosed herein, it may be difficult or impossible to achieve the stress profile, particularly the negative tensile stress portion of the stress profile (see generally FIG. 6), without relying upon ion-exchange or a change in the type of glass.
Thermally Strengthened Glass Sheet Compressive and Tensile Stresses
[0090] As noted above, the thermally strengthened glass sheets discussed herein may have surprisingly high surface compressive stresses, e.g., in regions 530, 540 shown in FIG. 5, surprisingly high central tensile stresses, e.g., in region 550 shown in FIG. 5, and/or unique stress profiles (see FIG. 6). This is particularly true considering the low thickness and/or other unique physical properties (e.g., very low roughness, high degree of flatness, various optical properties, fictive temperature properties, etc.) of glass sheet 500 as discussed herein.
[0091] Compressive stresses of glasses (e.g., in regions 530, 540 shown in FIG. 5) formed by the processes and systems disclosed herein can vary as a function of thickness t of the glasses. In various embodiments, glasses, e.g., glass sheet 500, having a thickness of 3 mm or less have a compressive stress (e.g., surface compressive stress) of at least 80 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, at least 350 MPa, at least 400 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa. In contemplated embodiments, glasses having a thickness of 2 mm or less have a compressive stress of at least 80 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 175 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, at least 350 MPa, at least 400 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa. In contemplated embodiments, glasses having a thickness of 1.5 mm or less have a compressive stress of at least 80 MPa, at least 100-MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 175 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300-MPa, at least 350 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa. In contemplated embodiments, glasses having a thickness of 1 mm or less have a compressive stress of at least 80 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 175 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa. In contemplated embodiments, glasses having a thickness of 0.5 mm or less have a compressive stress of at least 20 MPa, at least 50 MPa, at least 80 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 175 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa.
[0092] In some embodiments, the thermally induced central tension in glasses formed by the processes and systems disclosed herein (e.g., in the region 550 shown in FIG. 5) may be greater than 40 MPa, greater than 50 MPa, greater than 75 MPa, greater than 100 MPa. In other embodiments, the thermally induced central tension may be less than 300 MPa, or less than 400 MPa. In some embodiments, the thermally induced central tension may be from about 50 MPa to about 300 MPa, about 60 MPa to about 200 MPa, about 70 MPa to about 150 MPa, or about 80 MPa to about 140 MPa. In some embodiments, the thermally strengthened glass sheets have high thinness i.e., are particularly thin. Because very high-heat transfer rates can be applied via the systems and methods discussed herein, significant thermal effects, for example central tensions of at least 10 or even at least 20 MPa, can be produced in sheets of SLG of less than 0.3 mm thickness. In fact, very thin sheets, sheets at least as thin as 0.1 mm, can be thermal strengthened. Specific levels of thermal stresses achieved and achievable, considered as a function of thickness and other variables, are described in further detail herein.
[0093] Referring to FIG. 6, a conceptual stress profile 560, at room temperature of 25° C and standard atmospheric pressure, of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 of FIG. 4, shows an interior portion 550 of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 under positive tensile stress and portions 530, 540 of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 exterior to and adjoining the interior portion 550 under negative tensile stress (e.g., positive compressive stress). Applicant believes that the negative tensile stress at least in part fortifies the
strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 by limiting initiation and/or propagation of cracks therethrough.
[0094] Believed unique to the present inventive technology, given relatively large surface areas and/or thin thicknesses of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 as disclosed herein, tensile stress in the stress profile 560 sharply transitions between the positive tensile stress of the interior portion 550 and the negative tensile stress of the portions 530, 540 exterior to and adjoining the interior portion 550. This sharp transition may be understood as a rate of change (i.e., slope) of the tensile stress which may be expressed as a magnitude of stress (e.g., 100 MPa, 200 MPa, 250 MPa, 300 MPa, 400 MPa, a difference in peak values of the positive and negative tensile stresses +σ, -σ) divided by a distance of thickness over which the change occurs, such as a distance of 1 mm, such as a distance of 500 μπι, 250 μπι, 100 μπι (which is the distance used to quantify a rate of change, which may be a portion of article thickness, and not necessarily a dimension of the article geometry). In some such embodiments, the rate of change of the tensile stress does not exceed 7000 MPa divided by 1 mm, such as no more than 5000 MPa divided by 1 mm. In contemplated embodiments, the difference in peak values of the positive and negative tensile stresses is at least 50 MPa, such as at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, at least 400 MPa, at least 500 MPa, and/or no more than 50 GPa. In contemplated embodiments, the glass or glass- ceramic sheet 500 has a peak negative tensile stress of at least 50 MPa in magnitude, such as at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, at least 400 MPa, at least 500 MPa. The steep tensile curve transitions generated by the system and method discussed herein are believed to be indicative of the ability to achieve higher magnitudes of negative tensile stress at a surface of a glass sheet for a given thickness and/or to manufacture thinner glass articles to a higher degree of negative tensile stress, such as to achieve a fragmentation potential for dicing as disclosed herein. Conventional thermal tempering approaches may be unable to achieve such steep tensile stress curves. [0095] According to an exemplary embodiment, the high rate of change of tensile stress is at least one of the above-described magnitudes or greater sustained over a thickness-wise stretch of the stress profile 560 that is at least 2% of the thickness, such as at least 5% of the thickness, at least 10% of the thickness, at least 15%> of the thickness, or at least 25% of the thickness of glass sheet 500. In contemplated embodiments, the strengthening extends deep into the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 such that the thickness- wise stretch with the high rate of change of tensile stress is centered at a depth of between 20% and 80% into the thickness from the first surface, which may further distinguish chemical tempering for example.
[0096] In at least some contemplated embodiments, the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article includes a change in the composition thereof in terms of ion content, conceptually shown as dotted line 562 in FIG. 6. More specifically, the composition of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 500 in such embodiments includes exchanged or implanted ions that influence the stress profile 560. In some such embodiments, the exchanged or implanted ions do not extend fully through the portions 530, 540 of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 500 under the negative tensile stress because the negative tensile stress is also a result of the thermal tempering as disclosed herein.
[0097] Accordingly, the curve of the tensile stress profile 560 with ion exchange strength augmentation includes a discontinuity or sudden change 564 in direction where tangents of the curve differ from one another on either side of the discontinuity or sudden change 564. The sudden change 564 is located within the portions 530, 540 under negative tensile stress such that the tensile stress is negative on either side immediately adjacent to the discontinuity or sudden change 564. The discontinuity or sudden change 564 may correspond to the depth of the different ion content, however in some such embodiments other parts of the portions 530, 540 under negative tensile stress still have the same composition in terms of ion content as the portion 550 under positive tensile stress.
[0098] Put another way, for at least some strengthened glass or glass ceramic articles 500, with or without ion-exchange or implantation, the composition of at least a part of the portions 530, 540 of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500, which is under the negative tensile stress and is exterior to and adjoining the interior portion 550, is the same as the composition of at least a part of the interior portion 550, which is under the positive tensile stress. In such embodiments, at least some of the negative tensile stress of the stress profile is independent of a change in the composition (e.g., ion composition) of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500. Such structure may simplify the composition of the strengthened glass or glass- ceramic sheet 500 at least to a degree by providing sufficient strength without and/or with less chemical tempering. Further, such structure may reduce stress concentrations within the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 due to discontinuity/changes in composition, possibly reducing chances of delamination and/or cracking at the composition discontinuity.
Thermally Tempered Glass Sheet Break Performance
[0099] If sufficient energy is stored in the region of tensile stress 550, the glass will break like safety glass or "dice" when sufficiently damaged. As used herein, a glass sheet is considered to dice when an area of the glass sheet 25 cm2 breaks into 40 or more pieces. In some
embodiments, dicing is used as a qualitative measure of showing that the glass sheet is "fully tempered" (i.e., for 2 mm or thicker glass, where the glass sheet has a compressive stress of at least 65 MPa or an edge compression of at least 67 MPa). In various embodiments, glass sheet 500 has sufficient tensile stress in region of tensile stress 550 such that a 25 cm2 piece of glass sheet 500 breaks into 40 or more pieces.
[00100] Referring to FIG. 7, a glass or glass-ceramic article 610, having properties as disclosed herein with respect to the glass or glass-ceramic sheets, such as sheet 500, has been fractured, such as using a prick punch or other instrument and/or generally in accordance with American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Z97.1 (impact test) and the ASTM 1048 standard.
According to an exemplary embodiment, the glass or glass ceramic article 610 has been strengthened to a degree that dicing has occurred upon the fracture, forming a plurality of small granular chunks 616 (e.g., fragments, pieces). In some embodiments, the glass or glass-ceramic article 610 has a thermally-induced stress sufficient to produce a number of granular chunks 616 that is not less than 40 within an area of 50-by-50 mm of the glass or glass-ceramic article 610 in a fragmentation test in which an impact is applied with a hammer or a punch to initiate cracking of the glass into granular pieces. A standard office thumb tack 612, with a metal pin length 614 of about 1 cm is shown for reference.
[00101] According to various contemplated embodiments, despite the thin thickness of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 610, the stress profile (see generally FIG. 6) imparts a high fragmentation potential of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 610 such that when fractured the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 610 shatters into particularly small granular chunks 616, those having an area on either the first or second surface of less than 90 mm2, such as less than 50 mm2, such as less than 20 mm2, such as less than 10 mm2, such as less than 5 mm2, and/or at least 10 μπι2. In some such embodiments, the fragmentation potential of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 610 is such that at least 20% (e.g., at least 50%, at least 70%, at least 95%) of the granular chunks 616 have an area of at least one of the first or second surfaces of one of the above-described amounts when the strengthened glass or glass- ceramic article is fractured.
[00102] Due at least in part to the particularly thin geometry of the glass or glass-ceramic article 610 that may be manufactured with the tensile stresses as disclosed herein using the inventive technology in some embodiments, the fragmentation potential of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 610 is such that, when fractured, the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 610 shatters into particularly low-volume granular chunks, those having a volume of less than 50 mm3, such as less than 40 mm3, such as less than 30 mm3, such as less than 25 mm3, and/or at least a volume of 50 μπι3.
[00103] Due at least in part to the particularly large area of the glass or glass-ceramic article 610 that may be manufactured with the tensile stresses as disclosed herein using the inventive technology in some embodiments, the fragmentation potential of the strengthened glass or glass- ceramic article 610 is such that, when fractured, the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article 610 shatters into at least 100 granular chunks 616 of at least of 50 μπι3 in volume, such as at least 200, at least 400, at least 1000, at least 4000 granular chunks 616 of at least of 50 μπι3 in volume. [00104] Referring now to FIG. 8 and FIG. 9, experiments were performed on 1.1 mm thick glass sheets of glass comprising at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, and/or at least 10% sodium oxide by weight, and/or at least 7% calcium oxide by weight, and strengthened using the equipment and processes disclosed herein. As shown in FIG. 8, the number of granular chunks 616 per square centimeter of the glass has been found to be generally related to the magnitude of positive tensile stress at the center of the respective glass or glass-ceramic article 610. Similarly, as shown in FIG. 9, the fragmentation potential of the respective glass or glass-ceramic article 610 has also been found to be related to temperature of the glass in the hot zone (see e.g., FIG. 21, FIG. 22 and FIG. 23) and the calculated expected heat transfer coefficient (h) in units of cal/cms»°C (SI units watt/m°K) effectively applied to the glass surfaces during quenching, based on size of the gap between the glass sheet surfaces and the heat sink / gas bearing during quenching and on the thermal conductivity of the gas used in the gap.
Thermally Tempered Glass Sheet Fictive Temperature
[00105] In various embodiments, the thermally strengthened glass sheets formed by the systems and methods discussed herein (e.g., glass sheet 500) have high fictive temperatures. It will be understood that in various embodiments, high fictive temperatures of the glass materials discussed herein relate to the high level of tempering, high central tensile stresses and/or high compressive surface stress of glass sheet 500. Surface fictive temperatures may be determined by any suitable method, including differential scanning calorimetry, Brillouin spectroscopy, or Raman spectroscopy.
[00106] According to an exemplary embodiment, the glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 has a portion thereof, such as at or near the first and/or second surfaces 510, 520, that has a particularly high fictive temperature, such as at least 500° C, such as at least 600° C, or even at least 700° C in some embodiments, such as for soda-lime glass. According to an exemplary embodiment, the glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 has a portion thereof, such as at or near the first and/or second surfaces 510, 520, that has a particularly high fictive temperature relative to annealed glass of the same chemical composition, such as at least 10° C greater, at least 30° C greater, at least 50° C greater, at least 70° C greater, or even at least 100° C greater. High fictive temperature may be achieved by the presently disclosed inventive technology at least in part due to the rapid transition from the hot to the cooling zones in the strengthening system (see e.g., FIG. 21, FIG. 22 and FIG. 23). Applicant believes that high fictive temperature may correspond or relate to increased damage resistance of glass.
[00107] In some methods of determining surface fictive temperatures, it may be necessary to break the glass to relieve the "temper stresses" induced by the heat strengthening process in order to measure fictive temperature with reasonably accuracy. It is well known that
characteristic structure bands measured by Raman spectroscopy shift in a controlled manner both with respect to the fictive temperature and with respect to applied stress in silicate glasses. This shift can be used to non-destructively measure the fictive temperature of a thermally
strengthened glass sheet if the temper stress is known.
[00108] Referring generally to FIG. 10, determination of fictive temperature for several exemplary glass articles is shown. Stress effects on the Raman spectrum of silica glass are reported in D.R Tallant, T.A. Michalske, and W.L. Smith, "The effects of tensile stress on the Raman spectrum of silica glass," J. Non-Cryst. Solids, 106 380-383 (1988). Commercial glasses of 65 wt. % silica or more have substantially the same response. Although the reported stress response is for uniaxial stress, in the case of a unibiaxial stress state such as that which is observed in tempered glass, σχχ = oyy, the peak can be expected to shift by twice that expected by a uniaxial stress. The peak near 1090 cm"1 in soda-lime glass and in glass 2 corresponds to the 1050 cm"1 peak observed in silica glass. The effects of stress on the 1050 cm"1 peak in silica, and on the corresponding peak in SLG and other silicate glasses can be expressed, as a function of stress σ in MPa, by equation a) ro(cm_1) = 1054.93 - 0.00232 σ.
[00109] A calibration curve was produced of Raman band positions as a function of the fictive temperature for SLG and another glass, glass 2. Glass samples were heat-treated for various times, 2-3 times longer than the structural relaxation times calculated by τ = 10*n/G, where η is the viscosity, and G the shear modulus. After heat-treatment, the glasses were quenched in water to freeze the fictive temperature at the heat-treatment temperature. The glass surfaces were then measured by micro Raman at 50x magnification and a 1-2 μπι spot size using a 442 nm laser, 10-30 s exposure time, and 100% power, over the range of 200-1800 cm"1. The position of the peak at 1000-1200 cm"1 was fit using computer software, Renishaw WiRE version 4.1, in this case. A good fit of the 1090 cm"1 Raman peak measured in SLG on the air side as a function of fictive temperature Tf (in °C) is given by equation b) ro(cm_1) = 1110.66 - 0.0282 Tf. For glass 2, a good fit is given by equation c) ro(cm_1) = 1102.00 - 0.0231 Tf
[00110] Using the relationships established in equations a), b), and c), it is possible to express the fictive temperature of the glass as a function of a measured Raman peak position with a correction factor due to surface compressive stress. A compressive stress of 100 MPa, oc, shifts the Raman band position equivalent to approximately a 15 to 20 degree Celsius reduction in the fictive temperature. The following equation is applicable to SLG:
7>(°C) = + 2 [0.082 * ac(MPa)] (1)
Figure imgf000030_0001
The equation applicable to glass 2 is:
Figure imgf000030_0002
[00111] In these equations, ω is the measured peak wavenumber for the peak near 1090 cm"1, Gc is the surface compressive stress measured by any suitable technique, yielding stress-corrected measurement of fictive temperature in °C.As a demonstration of increased damage resistance related to the determined fictive temperature, four glass sheet samples were prepared, two 6 mm soda-lime glass (SLG) sheets by conventional tempering methods to approximately 70 and 110 MPa surface compressive stress (CS), and two 1.1 mm SLG sheets by the methods and systems disclosed herein to about the same levels of CS. Two additional sheets, one of each thickness were used as controls. The surfaces of each test sheet were subjected to standard Vickers indentation. Various levels of force were applied, for 15 seconds each, and after a 24 hour wait, indentations were each examined. As shown in Table I, the 50% cracking threshold (defined as the load at which the average number of cracks appearing is two out of the four points of the indenter at which cracks tend to initiate) was determined for each sample. [00112] Table I shows that the Vickers crack initiation threshold for SLG processed by conventional convective gas tempering (as reflected in the 6 mm sheet) is essentially the same as that for annealed or as-delivered SLG sheets, rising from between zero and one newton (N) to about one to less than two newtons. This correlates with the relatively modest rise in surface fictive temperature (TfS or Tfsurface) of -25 to 35 °C relative to glass transition temperature (Tg = 550° C for SLG, defined as η=1012"13 Poise) that was provided by conventional tempering. In contrast, by tempering using the present methods and systems, the Vickers crack initiation threshold improved to greater than 10 N, a 10-fold increase over the Vickers damage resistance imparted by conventional tempering. In the embodied glasses, the Τ¾ minus Tg was at least 50°C, or at least 75°C, or at least 90°C, or in the range of from approximately 75°C to 100°C. Even in embodiments comprising lower levels of heat strengthening, the embodied glasses can still provide increased resistance, at levels such as 5 N, for instance. In certain contemplated embodiments, the 50% cracking threshold after a 15 second Vickers crack initiation test may be equal to or greater than 5 N, 10 N, 20 N, or 30 N.
Figure imgf000031_0001
[00113] The following non-dimensional fictive temperature parameter Θ can be used to compare the relative performance of a thermal strengthening process in terms of the fictive temperature produced. Given in terms of surface fictive temperature 6s in this case: S (Tj - Tanneaj)l(Tsoft - Ί anneal) (3) where Τβ is the surface fictive temperature, Tanneai (the temperature of the glass at a viscosity of η=1013 2 Poise) is the annealing point and Tsoft(t e temperature of the glass at a viscosity of n=107 6 Poise) is the softening point of the glass of the sheet. FIG. 10 is a plot of 9s for measured surface fictive temperatures as a function of heat transfer rate, h, applied during thermal strengthening for two different glasses. As shown in FIG. 10, the results for the two different glasses overlie each other fairly closely. This means that parameter Θ provides a means to compare the fictive temperatures of different glasses compared directly, in relation to the heat transfer rate h required to produce them. The vertical range of results at each h corresponds to variation in the value of T0, the initial temperature at the start of quenching. In embodiments, parameter 6s comprises from about (e.g., plus or minus 10%) 0.2 to about 0.9, or 0.21 to 0.09, or 0.22 to 0.09, or 0.23 to 0.09, or 0.24 to 0.09, or 0.25 to 0.09, or 0.30 to 0.09, or 0.40 to 0.09, or 0.5 to 0.9, or 0.51 to 0.9, or 0.52 to 0.9, or 0.53 to 0.9, or 0.54 to 0.9, or 0.54 to 0.9, or 0.55 to 0.9, or 0.6 to 0.9, or even 0.65 to 0.9.
Thermally Tempered Glass Sheet Temperability Parameter
[00114] In various embodiments, the thermally strengthened glass sheets formed by the systems and methods discussed herein (e.g., glass sheet 500) have a high temperability and/or heat transfer value. The "specific thermal stress" of a glass is given by:
where is the (low temperature linear) CTE of the glass, E is the modulus of elasticity of the glass material and μ is Poisson's ratio of the glass material. This value is used to indicate the level of stress produced within a given glass composition when subjected to a temperature gradient. It may also be used as an estimator of thermal "temperability." At higher thermal transfer rates (such as at about 800 W/m2K and above, for example), however, the high temperature or "liquidus" CTE of the glass begins to affect tempering performance. Therefore, under such conditions, the temperability parameter Ψ, based on an approximation of integration over the changing CTE values across the viscosity curve, is found to be useful:
Figure imgf000032_0001
where a CTE is the low temperature linear CTE (equivalent to the average linear expansion coefficient from 0-300°C for the glass), expressed in 1/°C (°C_1) , L TE is the high temperature linear CTE (equivalent to the high-temperature plateau value which is observed to occur somewhere between the glass transition and softening point), expressed in 1/°C (°C_1), E is the elastic modulus of the glass, expressed in GPa (not MPa) (which allows values of the (non- dimensional) parameter Wto range generally between 0 and 1), Tstram is the strain point temperature of the glass, (the temperature of the glass at a viscosity of η=1014 7 Poise) expressed in °C, and Tsoft is the softening point of the glass (the temperature of the glass at a viscosity of η=107 6 Poise), expressed in °C.
[00115] The thermal strengthening process and resulting surface compressive stresses were modeled for glasses having varying properties to determine the tempering parameter, Ψ. The glasses were modeled at the same starting viscosity of 108 2 Poise and at varying heat transfer coefficients. The properties of the various glasses are shown in Table II, together with the temperature for each glass at 108 2 Poise and the calculated value of the temperability parameter Ψ for each.
TABLE II
Figure imgf000033_0001
[00116] The results in Table II show that Wis proportional to the thermal strengthening performance of the glass. This correlation is further shown in FIG. 1 1, which provides an embodied example for a high heat transfer rate (a heat transfer coefficient of 2093 W/m2K (0.05 cal/s cm2 oC)) and a glass sheet thickness of only 1 mm. As seen in the figure, the variation in the seven differing glasses' resulting compressive stress correlates well with the variation in the proposed temperability parameter Ψ.
Thermally Tempered Glass Sheet Heat Transfer Coefficient and Relation to Surface
Compressive Stress and Central Tension Stress
[00117] In another aspect, it has been found that for any glass, at any given value of the heat transfer coefficient, h (expressed in cal/cm2-s-°C), the curves of surface compressive stress (ocs, in MPa) vs. thickness (t, in mm) can be fit (over the range of t from 0 to 6 mm) by the hyperbola, where Pi and P2 are functions of h such that:
Figure imgf000034_0001
acs(Glass, h, t) = C(h, t) * (Glass) = r * Ψ (Glass) (6)
(P2(h) + t) or with the expression for ^ substituted in, the curve of compressive stress ocs (Glass, h,t) is given by:
P^h * t s L ( Yi
(P (h) + t) ' ' acTE aCTE ' ( Tsoft ~ Tstrain) (7) where the constants Pi, P2, in either (6) or (7) above, are each continuous functions of the heat transfer value, h, given by: h
910.2 - 259.2 - exp (-—) (8) and
Figure imgf000034_0002
The constants Pi, P2, are graphed as functions of h in FIGS. 12 and 13, respectively.
Accordingly, by using a value of Pi, for a given h and the corresponding P2, for that same h in expression (6) or (7) above, a curve is specified corresponding to the surface compressive stress (CS) obtainable at that h, as a function of thickness t.
[00118] In some embodiments, a similar expression may be used to predict the central tension (CT) of a thermally strengthened glass sheet, particularly at a thickness of 6 mm and less, and the thermal transfer coefficient, such as 800 W/m2K and up, by simply dividing the compressive stress predicted under the same conductions by 2. Thus, expected central tension may be given by (10)
Figure imgf000035_0001
Where Pier and P are given as follows:
P1CT = 910.2 - 259.2 exp (-^3) (H) and
Figure imgf000035_0002
In some embodiments, h and her, may have the same value for a given physical instance of thermal strengthening. However, in some embodiments, they may vary, and providing separate variables and allowing variation between them allows for capturing, within descriptive performance curves, instances in which the typical ratio of 2: 1 CS/CT does not hold.
[00119] One or more embodiments of the currently disclosed processes and systems have produced thermally strengthened SLG sheets at all of the heat transfer rate values (h and her) shown in Table III. Table III
Figure imgf000036_0001
[00120] In some embodiments, the heat transfer value rates (h and her) may be from about 0.024 to about 0.15, about 0.026 to about 0.10, or about 0.026 to about 0.075 cal/s cm2 oC. In some embodiments, the heat transfer value rates h can be considered a unit-less value that defines the relationship between the surface compressive stress of a glass article and a thickness of the glass article as shown in FIG. 14. In various embodiments, h is greater than or equal to 0.020, and more specifically greater than or equal to 0.030. In some embodiments, h is greater than or equal to 0.024, and more specifically greater than or equal to 0.028. In yet other embodiments, h is between 0.020 and 0.030.
[00121] FIG. 14 shows the newly opened performance space in MPa of surface compression of a glass sheet as a function of thickness t (in mm), by a graph of C(h,t) W(SLG) for selected values of h according to equations 6-9 above, with W(SLG) corresponding to the value of Ψϊοχ
SLG in Table II. The traces labeled GC represent the estimated range of maximum stresses versus thinness of SLG sheets achievable by gas convective tempering, from 0.02 cal/s cm2 oC
(or 840 W/m2K) to 0.03 cal/s cm2 oC or 1250 W/m2K, assuming that these levels of heat transfer coefficient can be employed in that process at a heated glass viscosity of 108 2 Poises or about 704°C, a temperature above the capability of convective gas processes.
[00122] Examples of highest reported sheet CS values based on gas convective tempering processes are shown by the triangle markers labeled Gas in the legend. The value 601 represents advertised product performance capability of commercial equipment, while the value 602 is based on an oral report at a glass processing conference. The trace labeled LC represents the curve of maximum stresses versus thinness of SLG sheets estimated to be achievable by liquid contact tempering, given by a heat transfer rate h of 0.0625 cal/s cm2 oC (or about 2600
W/m2K), also assuming processing at an initial heated glass viscosity of 108 2 Poises or about 704°C. Examples of highest reported sheet CS values based on liquid contact tempering processes are shown by the circle markers labeled Liquid in the legend. The higher of the two values at 2 mm thickness is based on a report of tempering of a borosilicate glass sheet, and the stress achieved has been scaled for the figure by ( ¾G)/( ¾rosiiicate) for scaled direct comparison.
[00123] The trace labeled 704 represents stresses achievable by one or more embodiments of the presently disclosed methods and systems at a heat transfer rate of 0.20 cal/s cm2 oC (or about 8370 W/m2K) and an initial temperature, just before quenching, of 704 °C. The level of stress on the glass sheet thus achievable represents almost the same scope of improvement over liquid tempering strength levels as liquid tempering represents over state of the art gas convective tempering. But the trace labeled 704 is not an upper limit - embodiments have been shown to be viable above this value due to the good control of form and flatness achievable in a small-gap gas bearing thermal strengthening at even higher temperatures (at lower viscosities of the glass). The trace labeled 730 shows some of the additional strengthening performance achieved by a heat transfer rate of 0.20 cal/s cm2 oC (or about 8370 W/m2K) at a starting temperature for a SLG sheet of 730°C, very near or above the softening point of the glass. Significant
improvements in compressive stress and thus in glass sheet strength are thus achieved particularly by the combination of high heat transfer rate and the use of high initial temperatures enabled by the good handling and control of sheet flatness and form in a tight gas bearing— and the improvements are particularly striking at thickness 2 mm and below. [00124] FIG. 15 shows the traces of FIG. 14 explained above, at 2 mm and below, but with compressive stress as a function of thickness plotted for selected examples of tempered glass sheets produced by one or more embodiments of the present disclosure, showing the extreme combination of thermal strengthening levels and thinness enabled by the present disclosure.
[00125] In various embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 14 and 15, the high levels of compressive stress achievable via the systems disclosed herein are related to the thickness, t, of the glass article being tempered. In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 300 MPa for t greater than 5 mm. In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 275 MPa for t between 4 mm and 5 mm. In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 240 MPa for t between 3 mm and 4 mm. In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 200 MPa for t between 2 mm and 3 mm. In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 150 MPa for t between 1 mm and 2 mm. In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 80 MPa for t between 0.8 mm and 1 mm. In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 75 MPa for t between 0.6 mm and 0.8 mm. In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 60 MPa for t between 0.4 mm and 0.6 mm. In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 40 MPa for t between 0.2 mm and 0.4 mm.
In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 25 MPa for t between 0.05 mm and 0.2 mm. In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 40 MPa for t between 0.2 mm and 0.4 mm. In particular embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein is greater than 25 MPa for t between 0.05 mm and 0.2 mm.
In various embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein having a thickness, t, is greater than either of the plots labeled GC in FIGS. 14 and 15. In various embodiments, the compressive stress in a glass article tempered as discussed herein having a thickness, t, is greater than the plot labeled LC in FIGS. 14 and 15. In at least some of these embodiments, the glass article or sheet is an SLG material, and in other embodiments, the glass article or sheet is another glass or glass-ceramic material. In at least some of these embodiments, the tempering and compressive stresses discussed in these embodiment are formed via thermal tempering and are thermally tempered compressive stresses.
Thermally Tempered Glass Sheet with Low Surface Roughness and High Degree of Flatness
[00126] In various embodiments, thermally strengthened glass sheets disclosed herein, such as sheet 500, have both high thermal stresses and low, as-formed surface roughness. The processes and methods disclosed herein can thermally strengthen a sheet of glass without increasing the surface roughness of the as-formed surfaces. For example, incoming float glass air-side surfaces and incoming fusion formed glass surfaces were characterized by atomic force microscopy (AFM) before and after processing. Ra surface roughness was less than 1 nm (0.6-0.7 nm) for incoming 1.1 mm soda-lime float glass, and the Ra surface roughness was not increased by thermal strengthening according to the present processes. Similarly, an Ra surface roughness of less than 0.3 nm (0.2 - 0.3) for 1.1 mm sheets of fusion-formed glass was maintained by thermal strengthening according to this disclosure. Accordingly, thermally strengthened glass sheets have a surface roughness on at least a first surface in the range from 0.2 to 1.5 nm Ra roughness, 0.2 to 0.7 nm, 0.2 to 0.4 nm or even such as 0.2 to 0.3 nm, over at least an area of 10 x 10 μπι. Surface roughness may be measured over an area of 10 x 10 μπι in exemplary embodiments, or in some embodiments, 15 x 15 μπι.
[00127] In some contemplated embodiments, thermally strengthened glass sheets disclosed herein have both high thermal stresses and low, as-formed surface roughness and/or coated surfaces. The processes and methods disclosed herein can thermally strengthen a sheet of glass without increasing the surface roughness of smooth as-formed or as-delivered surfaces of glass sheets, and likewise without damaging sensitive low-E or anti-reflective or other coatings.
Incoming float glass air- side surfaces, and incoming fusion- formed glass surfaces, were characterized by atomic force microscopy (AFM) before and after processing. Ra surface roughness was less than 1 nm (such as 0.6 to 0.7 nm) for incoming on the air side of 1.1 mm soda-lime float glass and was not increased by thermal strengthening according to the present disclosure. Ra surface roughness was less than 0.3 nm (such as 0.2 to 0.3 nm) incoming on 1.1 mm sheets of fusion-formed glass and likewise was not increased by thermal strengthening according to this disclosure. Accordingly, in contemplated embodiments, thermally strengthened glass sheets, according to this disclosure, have surface roughness on at least a first surface in the range of at least 0.2 nm and/or no more than 1.5 nm Ra roughness, such as no more than 0.7 nm, such as no more than 0.4 nm or even such as no more than 0.3 nm, or have thermally
strengthened sheets having coatings thereon of the type that may be applied before strengthening, or have combinations of these low roughness values and coatings, are obtained from the present process used with corresponding glass sheets as starting material. It is Applicant's understanding that such preservation of surface quality and/or surface coating(s) previously required use of convective gas tempering or perhaps a low heat transfer liquid tempering process, which produces limited thermal strengthening effects relative to the total range available with the present processes and methods.
[00128] In another embodiment, the thermally strengthened glass sheets described herein have high flatness or trueness to form. In various embodiments, the strengthening system discussed herein utilizes controlled gas bearings to support the glass material during transporting and heating, and in some embodiments, can be used to assist in controlling and/or improving the flatness or trueness to form of the glass sheet, resulting in a higher degree of flatness or lower form error than previously obtainable, particularly for thin and/or highly strengthened glass sheets. For example, sheets at least 0.6 mm can be strengthened with improved post- strengthening flatness or trueness to form. The flatness or trueness to form of thermally strengthened glass sheets embodied herein can comprise 100 μιη or less total indicator run-out (TIR) along any 50 mm length along one of the first or second surfaces thereof (where the indicator follows a generated path matching the desired form, whether straight, constant radius, or other) 300 μπι TIR or less within a 50 mm length on one of the first or second surfaces, 200 μπι TIR or less, 100 μπι TIR or less, or 70 μπι TIR or less within a 50 mm length on one of the first or second surfaces. In exemplary embodiments, flatness is measured along any 50 mm or less profile of the glass sheet. In contemplated embodiments, sheets with thickness disclosed herein have flatness or trueness to form of 200 μπι TIR or less within a 20 mm length on one of the first or second surfaces, such as flatness or trueness to form 100 μιη TIR or less, flatness or trueness to form 70 μιη TIR or less, flatness or trueness to form 50 μιη TIR or less.
[00129] According to contemplated embodiments, the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic articles discussed herein (e.g., glass sheet 500 shown in FIG. 4) have a high-degree of dimensional consistency such that the thickness t thereof along a 1 cm lengthwise stretch of the body 522 does not change by more than 50 μπι, such as, by not more than 10 μπι, not more than 5 μπι, not more than 2 μιη. Such dimensional consistency may not be achievable for given thicknesses, areas, and/or magnitudes of negative tensile stress, as disclosed herein, by solid quenching due to practical considerations, such as cooling plate alignment and/or surface irregularities that may distort the dimensions.
[00130] According to contemplated embodiments, the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic articles discussed herein have at least one major surface (e.g., first and second surfaces 510, 520 of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 in FIG. 4) that is flat or constant-radius curved in at least one direction (although it may be otherwise curved in an orthogonal direction) such that a 1 cm profile therealong stays within 50 μπι of a straight line or constant radius curve, such as within 20 μπι, 10 μπι, 5 μπι, 2 μπι; Such high flatness or trueness to constant radius curve (in one direction) may not be achievable for given thicknesses, areas, and/or magnitudes of negative tensile stress, as disclosed herein, by liquid quenching due to practical
considerations, such as warping or bending of the glass strengthened in these processes due to convective currents and associated forces of the liquid.
Thermally Strengthened Glass Sheet CTE
[00131] Another aspect comprises thermally strengthened low coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) glass sheets. As discussed above (see e.g., equations 7 and 10), thermal strengthening effects are significantly dependent upon the CTE of the glass of which the glass sheet is comprised. However, thermal strengthening of low CTE glasses may provide strengthened glass compositions having advantageous properties, such as increased chemical resistance, or better compatibility with electronic devices due to low alkali content. Glass sheets having CTEs of 65, 60, 55, 50, 45, 40, and even SS x lO"6 ^"1 and below are capable of safety-glass like break patterns ("dicing") at thicknesses of less than 4 mm, less than 3.5 mm, less than 3 mm, and even at 2 mm or less. Glasses having CTE values of 40 x 10"6 °C_1 and below can be strengthened using the processes described herein. Such low CTE glasses strengthened by the systems and methods discussed herein can have similar surface compressions to SLG sheets strengthened by convention commercial (gas convective) processes at the same thickness. In some embodiments, the compressive stress of low CTE glasses can comprise at least 50 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 125 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, or at least 400 MPa for glass sheets having a thickness of no more than 1 cm, no more than 5 mm, no more than 3 mm, no more 2 mm, no more than 1.5 mm, no more than 1 mm, no more than 0.75 mm, no more than 0.5 mm, no more than 0.3 mm, no more than 0.2 mm, or no more than 0.1 mm.
[00132] Glass sheets formed according to the present disclosure have a multitude of applications, for example in electronic devices, displays and in laminates, such as glass- interlayer-glass laminates used in automotive glass sidelights. Stronger and thinner laminates can be produced, resulting in weight and cost savings and fuel efficiency increases. Desirably, a thermally strengthened thin sheet may be cold bent and laminated to a formed thicker glass, providing an easy and reliable manufacturing process not requiring any hot forming of the thin sheet.
Alpha of Thermally Tempered Glass Sheet
[00133] Table IV below shows results obtained by the methods of the present disclosure (indicated as "Source of Method" I in the table), and a figure of merit, Alpha, that is a rough measure of the coefficient of heat exchange obtained within the tempering process. Alpha is given by:
Alpha = C5 (13) where CS is physical compressive stress (in MPa), t is thickness in millimeters, CTE is the coefficient of thermal expansion in °C_1, and E is the elasticity of the glass in (MPa), and yields units in °C/mm. TABLE IV
Figure imgf000043_0001
Samples 1 and 3 are repeatable values obtained from the disclosed processes, sample 1 using air and sample 3 using helium as the gas in the process. Sample 2 represents a "champion" value using air within the present process, that is, not reliably repeatable to date. Glass samples processed by the processes of the present disclosure (samples 1-3) all exceeded an Alpha at 117 °C/mm. Applicant believes that the slope of Alpha with thickness may have an inherent trend lower with lower glass thickness. Glass disclosed herein has an Alpha of greater than 20t+77, where t is thickness of the glass, in mm, in some embodiments.
Thermal Strengthening System and Process
[00134] In various embodiments, a process for strengthening a glass sheet comprises supporting or guiding at least a portion of a glass sheet, such as glass sheet 500, into a cool or quenching zone in which the sheet is rapidly cooled creating a strengthened glass sheet having one or more of the properties discussed herein. In various embodiments, the glass sheet is supported at least in part by a flow or a pressure of a gas delivered to a gap between the surfaces of the glass sheet and one or more heat sinks. In general, the temperature of the glass sheet is above the transition temperature of the glass when the sheet is moved into the cool zone, and in various embodiments, the glass sheet is cooled within the cooling zone by thermal conduction more than by convection. Conduction is a process of heat transfer where energy is transmitted through interactions between adjacent molecules, and convection is a process of heat transfer where energy is communicated via motion of a fluid (e.g., air, helium, etc.), such as where heated fluid moves away from a heat source and is replaced by cooler fluid. Thus, the present system is markedly different from conventional convection-based glass strengthening/tempering systems in which the primary mode of heat transfer during cooling of the glass sheet is convective. [00135] In some embodiments, an overall process for strengthening a glass sheet comprises heating a glass sheet in a hot zone and then cooling the glass sheet in a cooling zone. The glass sheet has a transition temperature, which is the temperature at which the viscosity of the glass has a value of η = 1012- 1013 Poise. The glass is heated sufficiently to bring the glass sheet above the transition temperature, and then moved into a cooling zone. Optionally, the glass can be transitioned from the hot zone to a cool zone through a transition zone. In the cooling zone, the surfaces of the glass sheet are positioned adjacent to heat sinks, one on either side of the glass sheet, each with a gap in between one of the glass surfaces and an opposing surface of the heat sink. Gas is delivered into the gaps through multiple apertures in the heat sinks, and in some embodiments, this delivered gas forms an air bearing which supports the glass between the heat sinks such that the glass surfaces are not in contact with the heat sinks. Within the cooling zone, the glass sheet is cooled by conduction more than by convection and is cooled sufficiently to fix or create a thermally induced surface compression and a thermally induced central tension of the sheet which provides the increased strength as discussed herein. In various embodiments, primarily cooling via conduction is achieved by having a very low gap size within the cooling zone such that the glass sheet is close to, but not touching, the opposing surfaces of the heat sinks.
[00136] An apparatus for enabling the processes described can include a heating zone for heating a glass sheet to a temperature above the transition temperature and a cooling zone for cooling the heated glass sheet to provide a strengthened glass sheet. The apparatus can include an optional transition zone between the heating zone and the cooling zone. The cooling zone may include a heat sink having a pair of opposing surfaces defining a gap, within which the heated glass sheet is received. The cooling zone can comprise a pair of gas bearings disposed on opposite sides of that gap that acts to support the glass sheet within the gap. The gap can be configured to cool the heated glass sheet by conduction more than by convection. In some embodiments, the gas bearings can include a plurality of apertures for delivering the gas to the gap, and the gas bearing surfaces act as the heat sinks, capable of conducting heat away from the heated glass sheet by conduction more than by convection. [00137] Strengthening processes and equipment disclosed herein (see generally FIGS. 21-25) allow for strengthening of glass or glass-ceramic articles (see generally FIGS. 4-7 and 27-30) by an inventive form of thermal tempering. The processes allow for steep, tensile stress versus thickness/depth curves (see generally FIG. 6), particularly steep in slope near the surface of the glass or glass-ceramic articles, which enable strengthening of the glass or glass ceramic articles to particularly high levels of negative tensile stress for a given thickness near the surface of the respective articles, without requiring strengthening by ion-exchange or laminating different glasses. However, in some embodiments, the thermal tempering processes disclosed herein may be augmented with ion-exchange or applied to glass-to-glass laminations. The thermal tempering processes disclosed herein enable particularly high levels of strengthening in large- area articles (e.g., sheets) that may be too large for strengthening via conventional thermal tempering methods, such as due to alignment limitations of contact quench equipment, cooling rate limitations of conventional convection systems, and/or warping damage associated with liquid quench tempering. The processes disclosed herein uniquely allow high levels of strengthening in particularly thin sheets that may be too thin for strengthening via conventional tempering methods, such as due sensitivity to breakage or fracture of the thin glass or glass ceramic articles during the strengthening process and associated contact forces with solid or liquid quenching and/or due to the cooling rate limitations of conventional convection tempering. However, in other contemplated embodiments, glass or glass ceramic articles as disclosed herein may be manufactured with at least some solid or liquid quenching, such as in combination with the unique strengthening processes disclosed herein.
[00138] One embodiment of a method according to this disclosure is illustrated in the flow chart of FIG. 16. The method or process 100 includes a step 140 of providing a glass sheet that is at a temperature above a transition temperature of the glass sheet. The method or process 100 also includes the step 160 of supporting a glass sheet at least in part by a gas (through gas flow and pressure). Step 160 includes, while the glass sheet is support by the gas, cooling the sheet: 1) by conduction more than by convection through the gas to a heat sink, and 2) sufficiently to create or fix a thermally-induced surface compression stress and a thermally-induced central tension stress, of the sheet when at ambient temperature. [00139] According to a variation on the embodiment of FIG. 16, depicted as method 100' in the flow chart of FIG. 17, the method can include the step 110 of heating a glass sheet sufficiently such that the sheet is above a transition temperature of the glass. As part of, or as preparation for, the cooling step 160, the method 100' further comprises, in step 120, providing a heat sink (whether as a single piece or in separate pieces) having first and second heat sink surfaces (see generally FIGS. 21-25), each having apertures therein. In step 130A the method further includes positioning a first sheet surface facing a first heat sink surface across a first gap and, in step 130B, positioning the second sheet surface facing a second heat sink surface across a second gap. The heat sink surfaces can include apertures and/or can be porous. The method 100' can further include, in step 160, cooling the sheet, by conduction more than by convection through a gas to the respective heat sink surfaces, sufficiently to strengthen the glass (e.g., to sufficiently create or fix in the sheet a thermally-induced surface compression stress and a thermally-induced central tension stress). The step 160 also can include delivering the gas to the first and second gaps through the apertures or porous heat sink, and in some such embodiments, the gas is delivered to form air bearings that support the glass sheet adjacent the heat sinks. In some embodiments, the gas is delivered only through the apertures of the heat sink or only through the pores or pores and apertures of the porous heat sink.
[00140] These and other related methods of this disclosure go against the currently dominant technique of gas-convection-cooling by using conduction as the dominant mode of cooling, instead of convection. Instead of a solid-to-gas (glass to air) heat exchange, methods described herein use a solid-to- solid (glass to heat sink) heat exchange, mediated across a small gap by a small amount of gas (e.g., without physical contact between glass surfaces and heat sink), both to begin and to complete the cooling that produces thermal strengthening. Although some convection is present as gas (e.g., air bearing gas) flows into the small gap, conduction directly across the gap through the gas and into the heat sink is the principal mode of cooling. Applicant has determined that dominance of conductive heat transfer increases the rate of heat transfer relative to convection dominant cooling processes.
[00141] Because solid-to-solid conduction (even across the gap) allows for more rapid heat flow than convection, the cooling rate increases needed for thinner glass sheets are not tied to gas velocity and volume. According to various embodiments, without the constraints typically imposed by gas flow and gap size in a convective system, gas flow and gap size can be selected, controlled or optimized for other purposes, such as for controlling stiffness of the gas cushion in the gap, for supporting the sheet, for flattening or otherwise shaping a sheet, for optimizing heat conduction, for maintaining sheet flatness and/or shape during thermal strengthening, and/or for balancing ease of sheet handling with high cooling rates. For example, in some embodiments, because cooling is not via convection, helium becomes an economically viable alternative to air in the system of the present disclosure due to the very low gas flow rates that support the gas bearing, and in such embodiments, helium offers thermal conductivity about five times that of air. Even helium with prices assumed at multiples of those available today becomes an economically viable alternative at the low flow rates of the system of the present disclosure.
[00142] Further, because the system of the present disclosure decreases the volume of air flowing over a glass sheet during cooling (relative to convective systems), the systems and methods discussed herein decrease the potential risk of deformation of hot thin sheets of glass typically caused by the high speed, high volume air flows needed in conventional convection based tempering systems. This also allows softer, higher temperature glass sheets to be handled with no or minimal distortion, further improving the achievable degree of strengthening.
Eliminating high air flow rates also eases problems sometimes seen in transporting the sheet into the quenching chamber (moving against the high air flow) and in keeping the high-flow, cooler air from entering into and cooling the adjacent parts of the furnace used to heat the sheet.
[00143] Further the use of conduction, through a gas, may mitigate contact damage, warping, shaping, etc. associated with conventional liquid contact or solid contact quench tempering. Use of a gas as an intermediate conductor preserves the surface quality of the processed articles by avoiding solid-to-solid contact. Mediating the high conduction rates through a gas also avoids liquid contact. Some types of liquid quenching can introduce unwanted distortions, spatial variation in tempering and contamination of the glass surfaces. These embodiments essentially provide non-contact (except by a gas) but very high-rate cooling. In other embodiments, as discussed above, solid- or liquid- contact may be included. Power Consumption of Thermal Tempering System/Process
[00144] Another advantage of avoiding high air flow rates lies in the power and energy savings achieved by using solid-gas-solid conduction as the primary glass cooling mechanism. Points A and B of FIG. 18 and FIG. 19 represent a high-end estimate of peak power use of the air bearing, per square meter of glass sheet, by a compressed air supply at relatively high flow. Practical low- end peak power use of compressed air could be as little as 1/16 of the values shown. Points A and B do not include active cooling of the heat sink, however, which can be included in some embodiments, especially where a machine is in continuous, quasi-continuous or high frequency operation.
[00145] Referring again to FIG. 18 and FIG. 19, points A and B' represent the conservatively estimated peak power levels for operation of the air bearing at points A and B when active cooling of the heat sink surfaces is factored in, assuming the thermal load equivalent of a 300 °C drop in glass sheet temperature is accomplished by an active cooling system having a thermal-to- mechanical (or electrical) efficiency ratio of 7.5 to 1, within a time limit of 2.1 seconds for point A' and within 1 second for point B'. (These points correspond approximately to glass sheets actually tempered in the apparatus described herein.)
[00146] Although the four points within region R of FIG. 18 and FIG. 19 illustrate the significance of the improvement obtainable by the methods and systems of the present disclosure (at least to some degree), it should be noted that the full benefits are likely significantly understated in the figures because power demand is the quantity represented. For example, peak power of air blowers, as represented by the curve N, is not efficiently turned on and off, typically requiring gated airways to block off large fans, which still rotate (but at reduced load), when air is not needed. Peak power demands of fluid cooling systems such as chilled water plants, represented by the points A and B' as examples easily achievable according to the present disclosure, can generally be much more efficiently accommodated, and effective peak power would be significantly lower, approaching A' and B' only as fully continuous operation is approached. Thus, the difference in total energy demands would tend to be greater than the difference for peak power demand, which is represented in the figure. In some embodiments, the processes described herein have peak powers of less than 120 KW/m2, less than 100 KW/m2, less than 80 KW/m2 to thermally strengthen a glass sheet of 2 mm thickness or less.
Heat Transfer from Thin Glass Sheet during Thermal Tempering
[00147] In general, heat transfer from the thin glass sheet in the system and process of the present disclosure includes a conduction component, a convection component and a radiant component. As noted above and explained in detail herein, the thermal tempering system of the present disclosure provides for thin glass tempering by utilizing conductive heat transfer as the primary mechanism for quenching the thin glass sheets.
[00148] The following is Applicant's understanding of the underlying theory. It may well occur to one of ordinary skill in the art of glass tempering, in which conduction effects are normally so small as to be commonly ignored in favor of analysis of convection and radiation alone, to ask whether sufficiently high cooling rates for thin glass sheets (such as at 2 millimeters and below) are actually achievable by conduction through a gas such as air— and if so, whether such rates are achievable at practical gap sizes.
[00149] The amount of thermal conduction at conditions embodied in processes using systems described herein can be determined via the following. First, in the context of thermal
strengthening by conduction as in the present disclosure, the thermal conductivity of the gas within the gap must be evaluated in the direction of conduction, which is along a thermal slope. Air at high temperature, at or near the surface of the sheet being cooled, has significantly higher thermal conductivity than air at a lower temperature, such as air at or near room temperature at or near the surface of the heat sink (the nominal thermal conductivity of (dry) room temperature air (25°C) is approximately 0.026 W/m K). An approximation that assumes air over the whole gap to be at the average temperature of the two facing surfaces at the start of cooling is used. At the start of cooling, a glass sheet may be at a temperature of 670°C, for example, while the heat sink surface may start at 30°C, for example. Accordingly, the average temperature of the air in the gap would be 350°C, at which dry air has a thermal conductivity of about 0.047 W/m K; more than 75% higher than its thermal conductivity at room temperature and sufficiently high to conduct large amounts of heat energy through gaps of the sizes within the system of the present disclosure, as discussed below, assuming the sheet is finished to a reasonably high degree of surface and thickness consistency.
[00150] To illustrate, QCOnd, the conductive component of the rate of heat transfer through a gap of distance g which gap has an area Ag (in a direction everywhere perpendicular to the direction of the gap distance g) may be given by:
Avk(Ts - THS)
Qcona = 9 n (14)
9 where k is the thermal conductivity of the material (gas) in the gap evaluated in the direction of (or opposite of) heat conduction, Ts is the temperature of the glass surface and THs is the temperature of the heat sink surface (or the heat source surface, for other embodiments). As mentioned above, to evaluate k rigorously would require integrating the thermal conductivity of the gas along (or against) the direction of conductive heat flow, as the thermal conductivity of the gas varies with temperature— but as a good approximation, k may be taken as the value of k for the gas in the gap when at the average of the temperatures of the two surfaces, Ts and THs-
[00151] Reframing equation (14) in units of heat transfer coefficient (units of heat flow power per meter squared per degree Kelvin) gives:
Qcond _ k_ r- .
Ag (Ts - THS) ~ g J so the effective heat transfer coefficient for conduction across the gap is the thermal conductivity of the medium in the gap (air in this case) (in units of W/mK) divided by the length of the gap (in meters), giving a value of Watts per meter squared per degree of temperature difference. Table V shows the heat transfer coefficients (k/g), due to conduction alone, for air and helium filled gaps of gap sizes from 10 μπι up to 200 μπι in steps of 10 μπι each. TABLE V
Figure imgf000051_0001
[00152] FIG. 20 (Prior Art) shows an industry-standard curve from about 35 years ago (with reference line at 2 mm added) showing the heat transfer coefficient required to fully temper a sheet of glass, as a function of thickness in mm, under certain assumed conditions. As may be seen from a comparison of Table V with FIG. 20, an air- filled gap of approximately 40 μπι can allow full tempering of 2 mm thick glass by conduction. While slightly less than 40 micrometers is a rather small gap, planar porous air bearings in conveyor applications may generally be reliably run with gaps of as low as 20 micrometers. Thus 37 micrometers is achievable for an air gap fed by pores in the heat sink surface. Using helium (or hydrogen, with similar thermal conductivity) as the gas, a gap of about 200 μπι can be used to fully temper 2 mm thick glass. Using helium or hydrogen as the gas allows for a gap size about 5 times larger for the same heat transfer coefficient. In other words, using helium or hydrogen as the gas in the gap increases the heat transfer coefficient available for quenching by about 5 times at the same gap size. So even with air the spacing is not impractical, and with high conductivity gases, the gap spacing is relatively easy to achieve, even for sheet thicknesses smaller than 2 millimeters.
[00153] In addition to cooling through a gas by conduction more than by convection, another embodiment includes heating (or heating and/or cooling) through a gas by conduction more than by convection. Regarding the relative contributions of conduction and convection, whether for heating or cooling, the convective QCOnv component of the rate of heat transfer across the gap (or gaps) may be given by:
Figure imgf000052_0001
where m is the mass flow rate of the gas, Cp is the specific heat capacity of the gas, T, is the inlet temperature of the gas as it flows into the gap, and e is the effectiveness of the heat exchange between the gas flowing in the gap, the sheet surface and the surface of the heat sink/source (the "walls" of the gap). The value of e varies from 0 (representing zero surface-to-gas heat exchange) to 1 (representing the gas fully reaching the temperature of the surfaces). The value of e can be computed by those skilled in the art of heat transfer using, for example, the e-NTU method.
[00154] Typically, however, if the gap between the surface of the sheet and the surface of the heat sink/source is small, the value of e will be very nearly equal to 1, meaning the gas heats nearly completely— to equal, on average, the average of the temperatures of the two surfaces on either side— before it leaves the gap. Assuming e = 1 (a slight overestimate of the rate of convective heat transfer), and the gas being supplied to the gap through the surface of the heat sink/source, it can be assumed that the initial temperature of the gas in the gap is the same as the temperature of the surface of the heat sink/source (Tt = THs). The rate of heat transfer due to convection may then be simplified to:
Figure imgf000052_0002
[00155] At the temperatures typically useful for heat strengthening or heat treating of glass and similar materials, radiative heat transfer out of the sheet under treatment is relatively small. To cool (or heat, assuming the amount of radiation from the heat source when heating is not too high) the sheet (e.g., sheet 200 shown in FIG. 21) principally by conduction, in the area of the gap (e.g., gaps 204a, 204b shown in FIG. 21), thus requires only that:
Qcond ^ Qconv (18)
Combining (18) with equations (14) and (17) gives the following conditional: k mCO
(19)
which, when held, will essentially ensure that the sheet, in the area of the gap at issue, is cooled (or heated) principally by conduction. Accordingly, the mass flow rate m of the gas should be less than 2kAg/gCp, or 2k/gCp per square meter of gap area. In an embodiment, m < (2kAg/gCp), where B is the ratio of convective cooling to conductive cooling. As used herein, B is a positive constant less than one and greater than zero, specifically having a value of 2/3 or less, or even 4/5 or 9/10 or less. Generally, m should be kept as low as possible, consistent with the needs of using the gas flow to control the position of the glass sheet (e.g., sheet 200 shown in FIG. 21 relative to the heat sink surface(s)) (e.g., heat sink surfaces 201b, 202b, shown in FIG. 21) or the position of the heat exchange surfaces themselves. The ratio of convective cooling to conductive cooling can be any value from less than one to lxlO"8. In some embodiments, B is less than 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, 0.5, 0.4, 0.1, 5xl0"2, lxlO"2, 5xlO"3, lxlO"3, 5xl0"4, lxlO"4, 5xl0"5, lxlO"5, 5xl0"6, lxlO"6, 5xl0"7, lxlO"7, 5xl0"8, or lxlO"8. In some embodiments, m is minimized, consistent with the needs of using the gas flow to support and control the sheet position relative to the heat sink surface(s). In other embodiments, m should be selected to control the position of the heat exchange surfaces themselves, relative to the sheet.
[00156] In various embodiments, the mass flow rate m of the gas within the conductive-based cooling system of the present disclosure is substantially lower as compared to the conventional convection-based tempering systems. This substantially lower gas flow rate allows the conductive system to be operated at substantially reduced power usage, as discussed herein. Further, in at least some embodiments, the reduced gas flow rate also results in a substantially quieter cooling system as compared to a conventional convective cooling system. In such embodiments, the decrease in noise may increase operator safety by reducing the potential for hearing damage and even reducing or eliminating the need for operators to use hearing protection.
[00157] As will be understood, in embodiments in which a sheet of glass material is supported on air bearings between opposing heat sink surfaces, conductive heat transfer will occur from both sides of the glass sheet to both heat sink surfaces Thus, in such embodiments, the glass sheet has first and second sheet surfaces, and cooling of the glass sheet is performed by positioning the first sheet surface (e.g., a lower surface of the glass sheet) adjacent to a first heat sink surface (e.g., a surface of a lower heat sink) such that a first gap is located between the first sheet surface and the first heat sink surface and by positioning the second sheet surface (e.g., an upper surface of the glass sheet) adjacent to a second heat sink surface (e.g., a surface of an upper heat sink) such that a second gap is located between the second sheet surface and the second heat sink surface. In such embodiments, thermal conduction from the first sheet surface to the first heat sink surface and from the second sheet surface to the second heat sink surface is permitted to occur. In such embodiments, the first gap has a length across the first gap of g\ and an area of the first gap
Figure imgf000054_0001
and the second gap has a length across the second gap of g2 and an area of the second gap of Ag2. In such embodiments, a first flow of a first gas to the first gap is provided, and a second flow of a second gas to the second gap is provided. As will be understood, similar to the discussion above, the first gas has a heat capacity Cpi and a thermal conductivity k}, and the first flow is provided at a mass flow rate rh\. In such embodiments, fh\ is greater than zero and less than {2k1Agi)l{g1Cpi). Further, the second gas has a heat capacity CP2 and a thermal conductivity k2, and the second flow is provided at a mass flow rate m2. In such embodiments, m2 is greater than zero and less than {2k2Agl g2CP2). In such embodiments, the first and second flows contact the glass sheet such that the glass sheet is supported without touching the heat sink surfaces. In this manner, the sheet is cooled by conduction more than by convection in a manner to create a surface compressive stress and a central tension of the sheet.
Glass Strengthening System including High Conduction Cooling Zone [00158] Referring to FIG. 21, a diagrammatic cross-section of a high conduction glass cooling/quenching station and of a glass sheet being cooled by conduction more than by convection is shown. A hot glass sheet 200 has its first and second (major) surfaces 200a, 200b each facing a respective first and second surface 201b, 202b of respective first and second heat sinks 201a, 202a across respective gaps 204a and 204b. Gas 230 is fed through the first and second surfaces 201b, 202b as represented by the arrows, to supply the gaps 204a, 204b, and to assist in keeping the glass sheet centered or otherwise positioned between the heat sinks 201a, 202a. The air or other gas may leave passing by the edges of the heat sinks 201a, 202a as shown by arrows 240. By choosing the size of the gaps 204a, 204b and the gas and the flow rate of the gas 230 in accordance with the discussion herein, the glass sheet 200 will be cooled more by conduction than convection. In specific embodiments, glass sheet 200 is cooled by heat sinks 201a and 202a such that more than 20%, specifically more than 50%, and more specifically more than 80%), of the thermal energy leaving a heated article, such as glass sheet 200, crosses the gaps, such as gaps 204a and 204b, and is received by the heat sink 201a and 202a.
[00159] In some embodiments, the gaps 204a, 204b are configured to have a thickness or distance across the gap sufficient such that the heated glass sheet is cooled by conduction more than by convention. As will be understood, size of gaps 204a, 204b generally is the distance between the major glass surfaces and the opposing heat sink surfaces.
[00160] In some embodiments, gaps 204a and 204b may have a thicknesses of about (e.g., plus or minus 1%>) 100 μπι or greater (e.g., in the ranges from about 100 μπι to about 200 μπι, from about 100 μπι to about 190 μπι, from about 100 μπι to about 180 μπι, from about 100 μπι to about 170 μπι, from about 100 μπι to about 160 μπι, from about 100 μπι to about 150 μπι, from about 110 μπι to about 200 μπι, from about 120 μπι to about 200 μπι, from about 130 μπι to about 200 μπι, or from about 140 μπι to about 200 μπι). In other embodiments, gaps 204a and 204b may have a thicknesses of about (e.g., plus or minus 1%>) 100 μπι or less (e.g., in the ranges from about 10 μπι to about 100 μπι, from about 20 μπι to about 100 μπι, from about 30 μπι to about 100 μπι, from about 40 μπι to about 100 μπι, from about 10 μπι to about 90 μπι, from about 10 μηι to about 80 μηι, from about 10 μιη to about 70 μπι, from about 10 μιη to about 60 μηι, or from about 10 μιη to about 50 μιη).
[00161] Heat sinks 201a, 202a may be solid or porous configurations. Suitable materials include, but are not limited to, aluminum, bronze, carbon or graphite, stainless steel, etc. Heat sink dimensions may be designed to be sufficient to address the size of the glass sheet and to efficiently and effectively transfer heat without changing the heat sink temperature significantly. In the case where heat sinks 201a and/or 202a are porous, they may still include additional apertures or holes for flowing gas or may use the porous structure to provide flow, or both. In some embodiments, the heat sinks further comprise passages to allow fluid flow for controlling the temperature of the heat sink, described in more detail in FIGS. 23-25 and below.
[00162] Eliminating high gas flow rates of the prior art may enable use of very small apertures or pores 206, as shown in FIG. 21, in the heat sink face to provide the gas to the gap(s). In some embodiments, apertures may be less than 2 mm, less than 1.5 mm, less than 1 mm, less than 0.5 mm, less than 0.25 mm, or less than or equal to 200, 150, 100, 50, 30, 20, or 10 μπι, when measured in the smallest direction (e.g., diameter in the case of circular apertures). In some embodiments, the apertures are from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 10 μπι to about 1 mm, about 20 μπι to about 1 mm, or about 50 μπι to about 1 mm.
[00163] Spacing between adjacent apertures 206 can be from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 10 μπι to about 3 mm, about 20 μπι to about 2 mm, or about 50 μπι to about 1 mm, measured edge- to-edge of apertures. Small apertures or pores may function as individual flow restrictors, providing high-performance, gas-bearing-type dynamics, such as high levels of stiffness and consistency of support of the sheet to position the sheet and control gap size, allowing for high homogeneity of thermal strengthening effects to avoid or reduce stress birefringence. Further, because very small pores or apertures may be used, the relative amount of solid matter at the surface of the heat sink facing the sheet surface across the gap(s) can be maximized, thereby increasing conductive heat flow.
[00164] According to various embodiments, use of such apertures 206 as the only path for providing gas to the gaps 204a, 204b, and desirably using apertures 206 that lie in directions close to normal to the heat sink surface 201b, 202b, ensures that air-bearing type dynamics are optimized, and not compromised by gas flows from larger apertures, or from sources other than through the heat sink surface(s) 201b, 202b adjacent to the sheet 200, or by other excessive lateral flow. In other embodiments gas may be provided to the gaps 204a, 204b via other sources, such as in addition to the apertures 206 or pores. Accordingly, aspects of the present disclosure allow for power and energy savings by use of low gas flows and solid-gas-solid conduction, such as relative to conventional convective tempering processes.
[00165] FIGS. 22-25 show an exemplary embodiment of a glass strengthening system 300 according to this disclosure. FIG. 22 shows a schematic cross-sectional diagram of the system 300, in which a glass sheet can be cooled via conduction of heat from the glass sheet, through a gas into a conductive heat sink. The apparatus includes a hot zone 310, a cold zone 330, and a transition gas bearing 320. Transition gas bearing 320 moves or directs a glass article (e.g., glass sheet 400a) from the hot zone 310 to the cold zone 330 such that no contact or substantially no contact occurs between the glass and the bearings. The hot zone 310 has gas bearings 312 each fed from a hot zone plenum 318, and the bearings 312 have cartridge heaters 314 inserted into holes through the bearings 312, which serve to heat the hot zone gas bearings 312 to a desired starting process temperature. A glass sheet (hot zone) 400a is kept between the hot zone gas bearings 312 for a duration long enough to bring it to a desired pre-cooling temperature (e.g., above the transition temperature).
[00166] In some embodiments, heating the sheet in the hot zone may be done predominantly via conduction of heat from a heat sink through a thin gas barrier. The conductive heating processes used in the hot zone can be similar to, but the reverse of the cooling processes described herein (e.g., pushing heat into the glass sheet).
[00167] In some embodiments, gaps 316, between the hot zone gas bearings 312 and the glass sheet 400a, may be relatively large, on the order of 0.05" (1.27 mm) to 0.125" (3.175 mm) or greater, since the glass sheet 400a may be heated up relatively slowly and thermal radiation from the hot gas bearings 312 into the glass sheet 400a is adequate for this purpose. In other embodiments, hot zone gap size may be as small as 150 microns per side or 500 microns per side. Smaller gaps may be advantageous, in some embodiments, because they enable the bearings to have better "stiffness" - i.e., ability to centralize the glass and therefore flatten it while it is in its softened state. In some embodiments, the process may re-form the glass sheets - flattening them - in the initial heating step, for example via the pressure supplied by the gas bearings 312. In some embodiments, the top and bottom hot zone bearings may be on actuators, allowing for changing the gap width in a continuous manner or, alternatively, allowing the glass to be brought into the hot zone when the gap is large and then compressing the gap to flatten the glass while it is still soft.
[00168] Process temperatures are dependent on a number of factors, including glass composition, glass thickness, glass properties (CTE, etc.), and desired level of strengthening. Generally, the starting process temperature may be any value between the glass transition temperature and the Littleton softening point, or in some embodiments, even higher. For SLG, for example, system 300 heats the glass sheet 400a to a temperature between about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 640 to about 730°C or between about 690 to about 730°C. In some embodiments, system 300 heats the glass sheet 400a to a temperature from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 620 to about 800°C, about 640 to about 770°C, about 660 to about 750°C, about 680 to about 750°C, about 690 to about 740°C, or about 690 to about 730°C.
[00169] The glass sheet 400a is heated to its desired starting process temperature (e.g., above the glass transition temperature), and it is then moved from the hot zone 310 to the cold zone 330 using any suitable means. In some embodiments, moving the glass sheet 400a from the hot zone 310 to the cold zone 330 may be accomplished by, for example (1) tilting the entire assembly such that gravity acting on the glass sheet forces it to move to the cold zone, (2) blocking off the gas flow from the leftmost exit of the hot zone 310 (the sides are enclosed in this embodiment), thereby forcing all of the gas emanating from all of the gas bearings to exit from the rightmost exit of the cold zone, causing fluid forces to be exerted on the glass sheet 400a and causing it to move to the cold zone 330, or (3) by a combination of (1) and (2)). In some embodiments, the sheet may also or alternatively be moved by physical contact with the sheet. [00170] The transition gas bearings 320 may be supplied with gas by transition bearing plenums 328. The solid material thickness behind the surfaces of the transition gas bearings 320 may be thin, of low thermal mass and/or low thermal conductivity, allowing for reduced heat conduction from the hot zone 310 to the cold zone 330. The transition gas bearings 320 may serve as a thermal break or transition between the two zones 310 and 330 and may serve to transition from the larger gaps 316 of the hot zone down to small gaps 336 of the cold zone 330. Further, the low thermal mass and/or low thermal conductivity of transition gas bearings 320 limit(s) the amount of heat transfer and therefore cooling experienced by glass sheet 400a while passing past transition gas bearings 320.
[00171] Once the glass sheet (cold zone) 400b moves into the cold zone 330 and into the channel 330a, it is stopped from exiting the right side exit by a mechanical stop or any other suitable blocking mechanism, shown as stop gate 341. Once the glass sheet 400b cools sufficiently that the center has passed the glass transition (in the case, for example, of 1 mm thick SLG, to below about 490° C, corresponding in this example to about 325° C at the surface), the stop gate 341 may be moved, unblocking cold zone channel 330a, and then the glass sheet 400b may be removed from the system 300. If desired, the glass sheet 400b may be left in the cold zone 330 until somewhere near room temperature before removal.
[00172] As noted above, within hot zone 310, glass sheet 400 is heated to a temperature above the glass transition temperature of the glass sheet. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 22, the cold zone 330 includes a channel 330a for receiving heated glass sheet 400b through an opening 330b, conveying the glass sheet 400b, and cooling the glass sheet 400b in the cold zone. In one or more embodiments, the channel 330a includes a conveyance system that may include gas bearings, roller wheels, conveyor belt, or other means to physically transport the glass sheet through the cold zone. As shown in FIG. 22, cold zone 330 includes gas bearings 332 which are fed plenums 338 that are separate from hot zone plenums 318 and transition plenums 328.
[00173] As shown in FIG. 22, the cold zone 330 includes one or more heat sinks 331 disposed adjacent to the channel 330a. Where two heat sinks are utilized, such heat sinks may be disposed on opposite sides of the channel 330a, facing each other across a channel gap 330a. In some embodiments, the heat sinks include a plurality of apertures 33 la which form part of the gas bearing 332, and the surfaces of the cold gas bearings 332 of the cold zone 330 serve as the two heat sink surfaces. Due to the low air flow rate within channel 330a and the small size of channel gap 330a, glass sheet 400b is cooled within cold zone 330 primarily by conduction of heat from the glass sheet across the gap and into the solid heat sinks 331, without the glass sheet 400b touching the heat sink surfaces.
[00174] In some embodiments, the heat sinks and/or the surfaces thereof may be segmented. As noted above, in some embodiments, the heat sinks may be porous, and in such embodiments, the apertures through which the gas for gas bearings 332 is delivered are the pores of the porous heat sinks. The plurality of apertures 332b, a gas source and the channel gap 330a may be in fluid communication. In some embodiments, the gas flows through the apertures 33 la to form gas cushions, layers or bearings in the channel gap 330a. The gas cushions of some
embodiments prevent the glass sheet 400b from contacting the heat sink 331 surfaces. The gas also serves as the gas through which the glass sheet 400b is cooled by conduction more than by convection.
[00175] Because cooling occurs essentially by solid-to-solid heat conduction across the gaps, issues not present in convection-dominated cooling may need to be addressed. For example, for tempering of a large, thin sheet, the sheet may be (1) introduced quickly into the cold zone, optionally at higher speeds than those typically used in convection-based quenching and/or (2) the process is operated in a quasi-continuous mode, in which multiple sheets are heated and cooled one after the other in a continuous stream with little space between them, and where the heat sink is actively cooled such that it reaches a thermal equilibrium so that the front and trailing edges of the large sheets have similar thermal history.
[00176] In some embodiments, the gas flowed through the apertures 331a cools the heat sinks. In some embodiments, the gas flowed through the apertures both facilitates heat conduction, from the glass, across the gap, into the heat sinks, and also cools the heat sinks 331. In some instances, a separate gas or fluid may be used to cool the heat sinks 331. For instance, the heat sinks 331 may include passages 334, for flowing a cooling fluid therethrough to cool the heat sinks 331, as is more fully described with respect to FIG. 23. The passages 334 can be enclosed.
[00177] Where two heat sinks are used (i.e., a first heat sink and the second heat sink), one or more gas sources may be used to provide a gas to the channel gap 330a. The gas sources may include the same gas as one another or different gases. The channel gap 330a may, therefore, include one gas, a mixture of gases from different gas sources, or the same gas source.
Exemplary gases include air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, helium or other noble gases, hydrogen and various combinations thereof. The gas may be described by its thermal conductivity when it enters the channel 330a just before it begins to conductively cool the glass sheet 400b. In some instances, the gas may have a thermal conductivity of about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 0.02 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.025 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.03 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.035 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.04 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.045 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.05 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.06 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.07 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.08 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.09 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.1 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.15 W/(m K) or greater, or about 0.2 W/(m K) or greater).
[00178] The processes and systems described herein allow for high heat transfer rates which, as discussed above, allow for a strengthening degree of temperature differential to form within even a very thin glass sheet. Using air as the gas, with gaps between the glass sheet and the heat sinks, heat transfer rates as high as 350, 450, 550, 650, 750, 1000, and 1200 kW/m2 or more are possible through conduction alone. Using helium or hydrogen, heat transfer rates of 5000 kW/m2 or more can be achieved.
[00179] The heat sinks 331 of one or more embodiments may be stationary or may be movable to modify the thickness of the channel gap 330a. The thickness of the glass sheet 400b may be in a range from about 0.4 times the thickness to about 0.6 times the thickness of channel gap 300a, which is defined as the distance between the opposing surfaces of the heat sinks 331 (e.g., upper and lower surface of heat sinks 331 in the arrangement of FIG. 22). In some instances, the channel gap is configured to have a thickness sufficient such that the heated glass sheet is cooled by conduction more than by convection. [00180] In some embodiments, the channel gap may have a thickness such that when glass sheet 400b is being conveyed through or located within the channel 330a, the distance between the major surfaces of the glass sheet 400b and the heat sink surface (e.g., the gap size discussed above) is about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 100 μιη or greater (e.g., in the range from about 100 μιη to about 200 μιτι, from about 100 μιη to about 190 μηι, from about 100 μιη to about 180 μιτι, from about 100 μιη to about 170 μιτι, from about 100 μιη to about 160 μιτι, from about 100 μιη to about 150 μιτι, from about 110 μιη to about 200 μηι, from about 120 μιη to about 200 μιτι, from about 130 μιη to about 200 μιτι, or from about 140 μιη to about 200 μιη). In some embodiments, the channel gap may have a thickness such that when glass sheet 400b is being conveyed through the channel, the distance between the glass sheet and the heat sink surface (the gap or gaps 336) is about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 100 μιη or less (e.g., in the range from about 10 μιη to about 100 μιτι, from about 20 μιη to about 100 μιτι, from about 30 μιη to about 100 μιτι, from about 40 μιη to about 100 μιτι, from about 10 μιη to about 90 μιτι, from about 10 μιη to about 80 μιη, from about 10 μιη to about 70 μιτι, from about 10 μιη to about 60 μιτι, or from about 10 μιη to about 50 μιη). The total thickness of the channel gap 330a is dependent on the thickness of the glass sheet 400b, but can be generally characterized as 2 times the distance between the heat sink surface and the glass sheet, plus the thickness of the glass sheet. In some embodiments, the distance or gaps 336 between the glass sheet and the heat sinks may not be equal. In such embodiments, the total thickness of the channel gap 330a may be characterized as the sum of the distances between the glass sheet and each heat sink surface, plus the thickness of the glass sheet.
[00181] In some instances, the total thickness of the channel gap may be less than about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 2500 μιη (e.g., in the range from about 120 μιη to about 2500 μιτι, about 150 μιη to about 2500 μιτι, about 200 μιη to about 2500 μιτι, about 300 μιη to about 2500 μιτι, about
400 μιη to about 2500 μιτι, about 500 μιη to about 2500 μιτι, about 600 μιη to about 2500 μιτι, about 700 μιη to about 2500 μιτι, about 800 μιη to about 2500 μιτι, about 900 μιη to about 2500 μηι, about 1000 μιη to about 2500 μιτι, about 120 μιη to about 2250 μιτι, about 120 μιη to about
2000 μιη, about 120 μιη to about 1800 μιτι, about 120 μιη to about 1600 μιτι, about 120 μιη to about 1500 μιτι, about 120 μιη to about 1400 μιτι, about 120 μιη to about 1300 μιτι, about 120 μηι to about 1200 μηι, or about 120 μιη to about 1000 μιη). In some instances, the total thickness of the channel gap may be about 2500 μιη or more (e.g., in the range from about 2500 μιη to about 10,000 μπι, about 2500 μιη to about 9,000 μπι, about 2500 μιη to about 8,000 μπι, about 2500 μιη to about 7,000 μπι, about 2500 μιη to about 6,000 μπι, about 2500 μιη to about 5,000 μιη, about 2500 μιη to about 4,000 μιη, about 2750 μιη to about 10,000 μιη, about 3000 μιη to about 10,000 μηι, about 3500 μm to about 10,000 μηι, about 4000 μιη to about 10,000 μηι, about 4500 μιη to about 10,000 μηι, or about 5000 μιη to about 10,000 μm).
[00182] The apertures 33 la in the heat sink 331 may be positioned to be perpendicular to the heat sink surface or may be positioned at an angle of 20 degrees or less, such as about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 15 degrees or less, about 10 degrees or less or about 5 degrees or less) from perpendicular to the heat sink surface.
[00183] In some embodiments, the material behind the heat sink (cold bearing 332) surfaces can be any suitable material having high heat transfer rates, including metals (e.g., stainless steel, copper, aluminum), ceramics, carbon, etc. This material may be relatively thick compared to the material behind the surfaces of the transition bearings 320, as shown in FIG. 22, such that heat sink can easily accept relatively large amounts of thermal energy. In an exemplary embodiment, the material of the heat sinks 331 is stainless steel.
[00184] FIG. 23 is a cut-away perspective cross-section of an apparatus similar to that of FIG. 22, albeit reversed from right to left, and comprising additionally a load/unload zone 340, next to cold zone 330 of system 300, including a load/unload gas bearing 342 with a glass sheet 400c positioned thereon. Also, the apparatus of FIG. 23 uses tight channel gaps (not indicated on the figure) in hot zone 310, transition bearing 320, and cold zone 330.
[00185] The inset in FIG. 23 shows an alternative embodiment of a cold zone gas bearing 332a, in which the gas bearing 322a is actively cooled by coolant channels 334, between gas bearing feed holes 333, where the feed holes feed the apertures in the surface of the bearing 322a. The cooling channels 334 are defined between heat sink segments 333b, which are assembled together to form the heat sink 331 and the surface thereof facing the glass sheet 400b. [00186] The cooling channels 334 may be positioned very near the surface of the heat sink 331, in the solid material of the gas bearing 332, with a region of solid bearing material between the heat sink/gas bearing surface and the nearest-the-surface edge of the coolant channel 334, having the same width as the nearest-the-surface edge of the coolant channel 334. Accordingly, in some embodiments there is no region of reduced cross section in the solid material of the heat sink 331/gas bearing 332a between a coolant channel 334 and the surface facing the glass 400b. This differs from the typical convective gas cooling equipment, because the high gas flow rates mandate that significant space be provided in the middle of the array of gas nozzles for the gas flows to escape. Where active cooling is used, heat sink 331/gas bearing 332a has a region of reduced cross section in the solid material of the gas nozzle design, relative to the solid material nearest the glass surface. The reduced cross section region is generally positioned between the active cooling fluid and glass sheet under treatment, in order to give a high-volume path for the large volume of heated gas returning from the sheet.
[00187] FIG. 24 shows yet another alternative embodiment of a cold zone gas bearing 332, like that of the inset of FIG. 23. In this embodiment, coolant channels 334 are formed between a gas bearing feed member 335, containing gas bearing feed holes 333, and a gas bearing face member 337a, which provides the glass sheet 400b facing surface of the gas bearing 332. FIG. 25 shows yet another alternative cold zone gas bearing 332c having a similar structure to the embodiment of FIG. 24, but having a porous member 339 between a bearing plate member 337b and glass sheet 400b, such that porous member 339 forms the surface facing the glass sheet 400b.
[00188] It should be understood that in various embodiments, the glass strengthening processes and systems described herein in relation to FIGS. 16-26 may be used or operated to form a glass or glass ceramic article (such as glass sheet 500) having any combination of features,
characteristics, dimensions, physical properties, etc. of any of the glass article embodiments discussed herein.
[00189] Glass sheets having undergone the thermal strengthening processes described herein may be further processed by undergoing ion exchange to further enhance their strength. Ion- exchanging the surface of glasses heat strengthened as described herein may increase the above- described compressive stresses by at least 20 MPa, such as at least 50 MPa, such as at least 70 MPa, such as at least 80 MPa, such as at least 100 MPa, such as at least 150 MPa, such as at least 200 MPa, such as at least 300 MPa, such as at least 400 MPa, such as at least 500 MPa, such as at least 600 MPa, such as at least 700 MPa, such as at least 800 MPa, such as at least 900 MPa, such as at least 1 GPa, such as at least 1.1 GPa, and/or no more than 5 GPa, in some such contemplated embodiments.
Systems and Processes for Thermal Conditioning and/or Heating Glass Sheet
[00190] In addition to thermally strengthening thin glass sheets, the processes and systems described herein can be used for additional thermal conditioning processes as well. While cooling is specifically discussed herein, the systems and processes can be used to transfer heat into the glass sheet via a conductive method. Accordingly, additional embodiments of the processes of the current disclosure, including heating through a gas by conduction more than convection. Such a process or method 700 is illustrated in the flow chart of FIG. 26.
[00191] The method 700 includes two main steps. The first step, step 710, involves providing an article, such as a glass sheet, having at least one surface. The second step, step 720, involves heating or cooling a portion of the surface of the article, up to and including the entire surface of the article. Step 720 is performed by conduction more than by convection through a gas from or to a heat source or a heat sink source as shown in sub-part 720a, and is performed sufficiently to complete thermal conditioning of the article or the portion of the surface of the article in sub-part 720b, and the conduction of the cooling/heating of step 720 can be performed at a high rate of heat transfer, at least 600 to 620 kW/m2 of the area of the portion in sub-part 720b.
[00192] For example, an article can be thermally conditioned - i.e., either heated or cooled - by cooling or heating a portion of the surface of the article, up to and including the entire surface of the article(the portion having an area), by conduction more than by convection, the conduction mediated through a gas to or from a heat sink or a heat source and not through solid-to-solid contact, sufficiently to complete a thermal conditioning of the article or of the portion of the surface of the article, and the conduction being performed, during at least some time of the heating or cooling, at a rate of at least 450, 550, 650, 750, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000 or even 5000 or more kW per square meter.
[00193] In addition to tempering, the high rates of thermal power transfer provided by the systems and methods discussed herein allow for thermal processing or conditioning of all kinds, including heating and cooling during tempering, edge strengthening of glass, firing or sintering of ceramics, glasses, or other materials, and so forth. Additionally, since the heat is extracted or delivered primarily by conduction, tight control is provided over the thermal history and the heat distribution in the treated article while preserving surface smoothness and quality. Accordingly, in yet another aspect of the present disclosure, tight control is provided over the thermal history and the heat distribution in the treated article, since the heat is extracted or delivered primarily by conduction, yet surface smoothness and quality are preserved. Accordingly, it will be possible to use the systems and methods of the present disclosure to intentionally vary the stress profile from the strengthening process, both in the thickness direction and in the directions in which the plane of the sheet lies, by varying gaps, varying heat sink/source materials, varying heat sink/source temperatures, varying the gas mixture— and all these may be varied by position along the path of the sheet as it moves, or across the path of the sheet, or potentially in time also, not merely with position (for most of the variables).
Devices, Products and Structures Incorporating Strengthened Glass Sheets
[00194] The strengthened glass or glass-ceramic articles and sheets discussed herein have a wide range of uses in a wide range of articles, devices, products, structures, etc.
[00195] Referring to FIG. 27, a structure 1010, such as a building, house, vehicle, etc., includes a glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 in the form of a window, portion of walls (e.g., surfaces), dividers, etc. In contemplated embodiments, the glass or ceramic article 1012 may be strengthened such that the glass or ceramic article 1012 has a negative tensile stress on or near surfaces thereof, balanced by a positive tensile stress internal thereto, as disclosed herein.
Further, the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 may have a composition that resists chemicals and/or corrosion as may be present in outdoor environments by having a relatively high silicon dioxide content, such as at least 20% silicon dioxide by weight, such as at least 50% silicon dioxide by weight, such as at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, such as at least 75% by weight.
[00196] According to an exemplary embodiment, the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 has major surfaces orthogonal to a thickness thereof (see generally sheet 500 as shown in FIG. 4), where the major surfaces have a large area (e.g., at least 5 cm2, at least 9 cm2, at least 15 cm2, at least 50 cm2, at least 250 cm2) relative to glass or glass-ceramic articles used in other
applications (e.g., lenses, battery components, etc.). In contemplated embodiments, total light transmission through the glass or glass-ceramic articles 1012 is at least about 50% (e.g., at least 65%), at least 75%) from wavelengths of about 300 nm to about 800 nm, when the glass or glass ceramic article 1012 has thicknesses as disclosed herein, such as a thickness of less than 5 cm, less than 3 cm, less than 2 cm, less than 1.75 cm, less than 1.5 cm, less than 1 cm, less than 5 mm, less than 3 mm, less than 2 mm, less than 1.75 mm, less than 1.5 mm, less than 1 mm, less than 0.8 mm, less than 0.6 mm, less than 0.5 mm, less than 0.4 mm, less than 0.2 mm, and/or at least 10 micrometers, such as at least 50 micrometers.
[00197] Thin thicknesses of the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 may not harm the function of the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 in architectural, automotive, or other applications relative to conventional articles because the high level of strength of the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 provided by the inventive processes disclosed herein. Thin glass or glass-ceramic articles 1012 may be particularly useful in such architectural, automotive, or other applications because the glass or glass ceramic article 1012 may be lighter than conventional such articles, reducing the weight of the corresponding overall structure. For automobiles, a result may be greater fuel efficiency. For buildings, a result may be sturdier or less resource-intensive structures. In other contemplated embodiments, glass or glass-ceramic articles disclosed herein may have areas of lesser magnitude, greater thicknesses, transmit less light, and/or may be used in different applications, such as those disclosed with regard to FIGS. 27-30, for example.
[00198] Referring to FIG. 28, a surface 1110 includes a glass or glass ceramic article 1112, manufactured as disclosed herein and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties discussed herein, that functions as a countertop and/or as a portion of a display. In some embodiments, total transmission through the glass or glass ceramic articles 1012 is at least about 30% (e.g., at least 50%) from infrared wavelengths of about 800 nm to about 1500 nm, facilitating use of the surface 11 10 as a cooktop. In some embodiments, the glass or glass-ceramic article 11 12 has a coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) from about lO lO"7 0C_1 to about 14 about 20 10"7 °CA to about 12 about 30x 10" 7 0C_1 to about lOOx lO"7
Figure imgf000068_0001
40χ 10"7 °CA to about ΙΟΟχ ΙΟ"7 50χ 10"7 °CA to about lOOx lO"7 °C_1, or about 60χ 10"7 °C_1 to about 120χ 10"7 0C"\ In various embodiments, the processes are ideally suited for glass compositions having moderate to high CTEs. Example glasses that work well with the processes described herein include alkali aluminosilicates, such as Coming' s® Gorilla® Glasses, boroaluminosilicates, and soda-lime glasses. In some embodiments, the glasses used have CTEs greater than 40, greater than 50, greater than 60, greater than 70, greater than 80, or greater than 90χ 10"7 /°C. Some such CTEs may be particularly low for thermal tempering as disclosed herein, where the degree of negative tensile stress is no more than 50 MPa and/or at least 10 MPa.
[00199] Referring to FIG. 29, a device 1210 (e.g., handheld computer, tablet, portable computer, cellular phone, television, display board, etc.) includes one or more glass or glass-ceramic articles 1212, 1214, 1216, manufactured as disclosed herein and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties as disclosed herein, and further includes electronic components 1218 and a housing 1220. In contemplated embodiments, the housing 1220 may be or include a glass or glass-ceramic article as disclosed herein. In contemplated embodiments, a substrate 1222 for the electronic components 1218 may be a glass or glass-ceramic article as disclosed herein.
[00200] In some embodiments, the glass or glass ceramic articles 1212, 1214 may function as frontplane and backplane substrates, and the glass or glass ceramic article 1216 may function as a cover glass in the device 1210. According to an exemplary embodiment, the glass or glass-ceramic article 1216 of the device 1210 is an alkali-aluminosilicate glass. Such
composition may allow the glass or glass-ceramic article 1216 to be strengthened by thermal tempering, as disclosed herein, and may be additionally strengthened by ion-exchange, providing a particularly high degree of negative tensile stress (e.g., at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa) at or near surfaces thereof. In other embodiments, the glass or glass-ceramic article 1216 may include sodium carbonate, calcium oxide, calcium magnesium carbonate, silicon dioxide (e.g., at least 70% by weight), aluminum oxide, and/or other constituents; and may be strengthened by the inventive processes disclosed herein. The glass or glass ceramic article 1216 may be particularly thin or otherwise structured, such as having any of the dimensions as disclosed herein.
[00201] Referring now to FIG. 30, a glass or glass-ceramic article 1310, manufactured according to processes disclosed herein and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties as disclosed herein, has curvature and/or a variable cross-sectional dimension D. Such articles may have thicknesses disclosed herein as an average of dimension D or as a maximum value of dimension D. While the glass or glass-ceramic article 1310 is shown as a curved sheet, other shapes, such as more complex shapes, may be strengthened by processes disclosed herein. In contemplated embodiments, the glass or glass ceramic article 1310 may be used as a window for an automobile (e.g., sunroof), as a lens, as a container, or for other applications.
[00202] In various embodiments, glass material manufactured according to processes disclosed herein, and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties as disclosed herein, is useful to form at least one sheet of a glass-polymer-interlayer-glass laminate, such as used in many automotive glass sidelights. Stronger and thinner laminates can be produced, resulting in weight and cost savings and fuel efficiency increases. Desirably, a thermally strengthened thin sheet may be cold bent (see generally FIG. 30) and laminated to a formed thicker glass, providing an easy and reliable manufacturing process not requiring any hot forming/shaping of the thin sheet.
Glass and Glass Ceramic Materials for Thermally Strengthened Glass Sheets
[00203] The systems and methods discussed may be used to thermally condition, strengthen and/or temper a wide variety of glass and/or ceramic materials. [00204] The processes and systems described herein may generally be used with almost any glass composition, and some embodiments can be used with glass laminates, glass ceramics, and/or ceramics. In various embodiments, the processes can be used with glass compositions having high CTEs. In embodiments, glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein include alkali aluminosilicates, such as Coming's® Gorilla® Glasses, SLG, soda- or alkali-free glasses and the like. In some embodiments, glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein have CTEs of greater than 40x10"7 /°C, greater than 50x10"7 /°C, greater than 60x10"7 /°C, greater than 70x10"7 /°C, greater than 80x10"7 /°C, or greater than 90x10"7 /°C.
[00205] In some applications and embodiments, glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein (such as glass sheet 500) may have a composition configured for chemical durability. In some such embodiments, the composition comprises at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, and/or at least 10% sodium oxide by weight, and/or at least 7% calcium oxide by weight. Conventional articles of such compositions may be difficult to chemically temper to a deep depth, and/or may be difficult, if not impossible, to thermally temper by conventional processes to a sufficient magnitude of negative surface tensile stress for thin thicknesses, such as due to fragility and forces of conventional processes. However, in contemplated embodiments, inventive processes disclosed herein allow a strengthened glass or glass-ceramic article or sheet, such as glass sheet 500, with such a composition, where negative tensile stress extends into the respective strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet to a distance of at least 10% of the thickness of the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet from at least one of the first and second surfaces (e.g., surfaces 510, 520 of glass sheet 500), such as at least 12% of the thickness, 15% of the thickness, 18% of the thickness, 20% of the thickness.
[00206] In some embodiments, the glass or glass-ceramic sheets and articles strengthened as discussed herein have one or more coatings that are placed on the glass prior to the thermal strengthening of the glass sheet. The processes discussed herein can be used to produce strengthened glass sheets having one or more coatings, and, in some such embodiments, the coating is placed on the glass prior to thermal strengthening and is unaffected by the thermal strengthening process. Specific coatings that are advantageously preserved on glass sheets of the present disclosure include low E coatings, reflective coatings, antireflective coatings, anti- fingerprint coatings, cut-off filters, pyrolytic coatings, etc.
[00207] According to an exemplary embodiment, glass or glass-ceramic sheets or articles discussed herein, for example articles 1212, 1214 of the device 1210 shown in FIG. 29, are boro- aluminosilicate glasses. In some embodiments glass or glass ceramic sheets or articles discussed herein, for example articles 1212, 1214 of the device 1210 shown in FIG. 29, are generally non- alkali glasses, yet still have stress profiles and structures as disclosed herein. Such composition may reduce the degree of relaxation of the glass, facilitating coupling of transistors thereto. In some embodiments, the glass sheets/articles discussed herein are flexible glass sheets. In other embodiments, the glass sheets/articles discussed herein comprise a laminate of two or more glass sheets.
[00208] In some contemplated embodiments, glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein (such as glass sheet 500) may include an amorphous substrate, a crystalline substrate or a combination thereof, such as a glass-ceramic substrate. Glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein (such as glass sheet 500) may include an alkali aluminosilicate glass, alkali containing borosilicate glass, alkali
aluminophosphosilicate glass or alkali aluminoboro silicate glass. In one or more embodiments, glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein (such as glass sheet 500), in portions thereof not ion-exchanged, may include a glass having a composition, in mole percent (mol%), including: Si02 in the range from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 40 to about 80 mol%, A1203 in the range from about 10 to about 30 mol%, B203 in the range from about 0 to about 10 mol%, R20 in the range from about 0 to about 20 mol%, and/or RO in the range from about 0 to about 15 mol%. In some contemplated embodiments, the composition may include either one or both of Zr02 in the range from about 0 to about 5 mol% and P205 in the range from about 0 to about 15 mol%. In some contemplated embodiments, Ti02 can be present from about 0 to about 2 mol%.
[00209] In some contemplated embodiments, compositions used for the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may be batched with 0-2 mol% of at least one fining agent selected from a group that includes Na2S04, NaCl, NaF, NaBr, K2SO4, KC1, KF, KBr, and Sn02. The glass composition according to one or more embodiments may further include Sn02 in the range from about 0 to about 2 mol%, from about 0 to about 1 mol%, from about 0.1 to about 2 mol%, from about 0.1 to about 1 mol%, or from about 1 to about 2 mol%. Glass compositions disclosed herein for the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 may be substantially free of As20 and/or Sb20 , in some embodiments.
[00210] In contemplated embodiments, the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may include alkali alumino silicate glass compositions or alkali
aluminoborosilicate glass compositions that are further strengthened via an ion exchange process. One example glass composition comprises Si02, B20 and Na20, where
(Si02 + B20 ) > 66 mol. %, and/or Na20 > 9 mol. %. In an embodiment, the glass composition includes at least 6 wt.% aluminum oxide. In a further embodiment, the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may include a glass composition with one or more alkaline earth oxides, such that a content of alkaline earth oxides is at least 5 wt.%. Suitable glass compositions, in some embodiments, further comprise at least one of K20, MgO and CaO. In a particular embodiment, the glass compositions used in the strengthened glass or glass- ceramic sheet or article discussed herein can comprise 61-75 mol.% Si02; 7-15 mol.% A120 ; 0- 12 mol.% B20 ; 9-21 mol.% Na20; 0-4 mol.% K20; 0-7 mol.% MgO; and/or 0-3 mol.% CaO.
[00211] A further example glass composition suitable for the strengthened glass or glass- ceramic sheet or article discussed herein comprises: 60-70 mol.% Si02; 6-14 mol.% A120 ; 0-15 mol.% B20 ; 0-15 mol.% Li20; 0-20 mol.% Na20; 0-10 mol.% K20; 0-8 mol.% MgO; 0-10 mol.% CaO; 0-5 mol.% Zr02; 0-1 mol.% Sn02; 0-1 mol.% Ce02; less than 50 ppm As20 ; and less than 50 ppm Sb20 ; where 12 mol.% < (Li20 + Na20 + K20) < 20 mol.% and/or 0 mol.% < (MgO + CaO) < 10 mol.%). A still further example glass composition suitable for the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein comprises: 63.5-66.5 mol.% Si02; 8-12 mol.% A120 ; 0-3 mol.% B20 ; 0-5 mol.% Li20; 8-18 mol.% Na20; 0-5 mol.% K20; 1-7 mol.% MgO; 0-2.5 mol.% CaO; 0-3 mol.% Zr02; 0.05-0.25 mol.% Sn02; 0.05-0.5 mol.% Ce02; less than 50 ppm As20 ; and less than 50 ppm Sb20 ; where 14 mol.% < (Li20 + Na20 + K20) < 18 mol.% and/or 2 mol.% < (MgO + CaO) < 7 mol.%. [00212] In particular contemplated embodiments, an alkali aluminosilicate glass composition suitable for the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein comprises alumina, at least one alkali metal and, in some embodiments, greater than 50 mol.% Si02, in other embodiments at least 58 mol.% Si02, and in still other embodiments at least 60 mol.% Si02, wherein the ratio (A120 + B20 )/∑modifiers (i.e., sum of modifiers) is greater than 1, where in the ratio the components are expressed in mol.% and the modifiers are alkali metal oxides. This glass composition, in particular embodiments, comprises: 58-72 mol.% Si02; 9-17 mol.% A120 ; 2-12 mol.% B20 ; 8-16 mol.% Na20; and/or 0-4 mol.% K20, wherein the ratio (A120 + B20 )/∑modifiers (i.e., sum of modifiers) is greater than 1. In still another
embodiment, the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 may include an alkali aluminosilicate glass composition comprising: 64-68 mol.% Si02; 12-16 mol.% Na20; 8-12 mol.% A120 ; 0-3 mol.% B20 ; 2-5 mol.% K20; 4-6 mol.% MgO; and 0-5 mol.% CaO, wherein: 66 mol.% < Si02 + B20 + CaO < 69 mol.%; Na20 + K20 + B20 + MgO + CaO + SrO > 10 mol.%; 5 mol.% < MgO + CaO + SrO < 8 mol.%; (Na20 + B20 ) - A120 < 2 mol.%; 2 mol.% < Na20 - A120 < 6 mol.%; and 4 mol.% < (Na20 + K20) - A120 < 10 mol.%. In an alternative embodiment, the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or articles discussed herein may comprise an alkali aluminosilicate glass composition comprising: 2 mol.% or more of A120 and/or Zr02, or 4 mol.% or more of A120 and/or Zr02.
[00213] In contemplated embodiments, examples of suitable glass ceramics for the
strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or articles discussed herein may include Li20-Al20 - Si02 system (i.e. LAS-System) glass ceramics, MgO-Al20 -Si02 system (i.e. MAS-System) glass ceramics, and/or glass ceramics that include a predominant crystal phase including β-quartz solid solution, β-spodumene ss, cordierite, and lithium disilicate. The strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may be characterized by the manner in which it is formed. For instance, the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may be characterized as float-formable (i.e., formed by a float process), down-drawable and, in particular, fusion-formable or slot-drawable (i.e., formed by a down draw process such as a fusion draw process or a slot draw process). [00214] A float-formable strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article may be characterized by smooth surfaces and consistent thickness, and is made by floating molten glass on a bed of molten metal, typically tin. In an example process, molten glass or glass-ceramic that is fed onto the surface of the molten tin bed forms a floating glass or glass-ceramic ribbon. As the glass ribbon flows along the tin bath, the temperature is gradually decreased until the glass or glass-ceramic ribbon solidifies into a solid glass or glass-ceramic article that can be lifted from the tin onto rollers. Once off the bath, the glass or glass-ceramic article can be cooled further and annealed to reduce internal stress. Where the glass or glass-ceramic article is a glass ceramic, the glass article formed from the float process may be subjected to a ceramming process by which one or more crystalline phases are generated.
[00215] Down-draw processes produce glass or glass-ceramic articles having a consistent thickness that possess relatively pristine surfaces. Because the average flexural strength of the glass or glass-ceramic article is controlled by the amount and size of surface flaws, a pristine surface that has had minimal contact has a higher initial strength. When this high strength glass or glass-ceramic article is then further strengthened (e.g., chemically), the resultant strength can be higher than that of a glass or glass-ceramic article with a surface that has been lapped and polished. Down-drawn glass or glass-ceramic articles may be drawn to a thickness of less than about 2 mm. In addition, down-drawn glass or glass-ceramic articles have a very flat, smooth surface that can be used in its final application without costly grinding and polishing. Where the glass or glass-ceramic article is a glass ceramic, the glass or glass-ceramic article formed from the down-draw process may be subjected to a ceramming process by which one or more crystalline phases are generated.
[00216] The fusion draw process, for example, uses a drawing tank that has a channel for accepting molten glass raw material. The channel has weirs that are open at the top along the length of the channel on both sides of the channel. When the channel fills with molten material, the molten glass overflows the weirs. Due to gravity, the molten glass flows down the outside surfaces of the drawing tank as two flowing glass films. These outside surfaces of the drawing tank extend down and inwardly so that they join at an edge below the drawing tank. The two flowing glass films join at this edge to fuse and form a single flowing glass article. The fusion draw method offers the advantage that, because the two glass films flowing over the channel fuse together, neither of the outside surfaces of the resulting glass article comes in contact with any part of the apparatus. Thus, the surface properties of the fusion drawn glass article are not affected by such contact. Where the glass or glass-ceramic article is a glass ceramic, the glass or glass-ceramic article formed from the fusion process may be subjected to a ceramming process by which one or more crystalline phases are generated.
[00217] The slot draw process is distinct from the fusion draw method. In slot draw processes, the molten raw material glass is provided to a drawing tank. The bottom of the drawing tank has an open slot with a nozzle that extends the length of the slot. The molten glass flows through the slot/nozzle and is drawn downward as a continuous glass article and into an annealing region. Where the glass or glass-ceramic article is a glass ceramic, the glass article formed from the slot draw process may be subjected to a ceramming process by which one or more crystalline phases are generated.
[00218] In some embodiments, the glass article may be formed using a thin rolling process, as described in U.S. Patent No. 8,713,972, U.S. Patent No. 9,003,835, U.S. Patent Publication No. 2015/0027169, and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050099618, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. More specifically the glass or glass-ceramic article may be formed by supplying a vertical stream of molten glass, forming the supplied stream of molten glass or glass-ceramic with a pair of forming rolls, maintained at a surface temperature of about 500° C or higher or about 600° C or higher, to form a formed glass ribbon having a formed thickness, sizing the formed ribbon of glass with a pair of sizing rolls, maintained at a surface temperature of about 400° C or lower to produce a sized glass ribbon having a desired thickness less than the formed thickness and a desired thickness consistency. The apparatus used to form the glass ribbon may include a glass feed device for supplying a supplied stream of molten glass; a pair of forming rolls maintained at a surface temperature of about 500° C or higher, the forming rolls being spaced closely adjacent each other, defining a glass forming gap between the forming rolls with the glass forming gap located vertically below the glass feed device for receiving the supplied stream of molten glass and thinning the supplied stream of molten glass between the forming rolls to form a formed glass ribbon having a formed thickness; and a pair of sizing rolls maintained at a surface temperature of about 400° C or lower, the sizing rolls being spaced closely adjacent each other, defining a glass sizing gap between the sizing rolls with the glass sizing gap located vertically below the forming rolls for receiving the formed glass ribbon and thinning the formed glass ribbon to produce a sized glass ribbon having a desired thickness and a desired thickness consistency.
[00219] In some instances, the thin rolling process may be utilized where the viscosity of the glass does not permit use of fusion or slot draw methods. For example, thin rolling can be utilized to form the glass or glass-ceramic articles when the glass exhibits a liquidus viscosity less than 100 kP. The glass or glass-ceramic article may be acid polished or otherwise treated to remove or reduce the effect of surface flaws.
[00220] In contemplated embodiments, the glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein has a composition that differs by side surface. On one side of the glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500, an exemplary composition is: 69-75 wt.% Si02, 0-1.5 wt.% A1203, 8-12 wt.% CaO, 0- 0.1 wt.% CI, 0-500 ppm Fe, 0-500 ppm K , 0.0-4.5 wt.% MgO, 12-15 wt.% Na20, 0-0.5 wt.% S0 , 0-0.5 wt.% Sn02, 0-0.1 wt.% SrO, 0-0.1 wt.% Ti02, 0-0.1 wt.% ZnO, and/or 0-0.1 wt.% Zr02. On the other side of the glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein an exemplary composition is: 73.16 wt.% Si02, 0.076 wt.% A120 , 9.91 wt.% CaO, 0.014 wt.% CI, 0.1 wt.% Fe203, 0.029 wt.% K20, 2.792 wt.% MgO, 13.054 wt.% Na20, 0.174 wt.% S03, 0.001 Sn02, 0.01 wt.% SrO, 0.01 wt.% Ti02, 0.002 wt.% ZnO, and/or 0.005 wt.% Zr02.
[00221] In other contemplated embodiments, composition of the glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein includes Si02 55-85 wt.%, A120 0-30 wt.%, B20 0-20 wt.%, Na20 0-25 wt.%, CaO 0-20 wt.%, K20 0-20 wt.%, MgO 0-15 wt.%, BaO 5-20 wt.%, Fe203 0.002-0.06 wt.%), and/or Cr20 0.0001-0.06 wt.%. In other contemplated embodiments, composition of the glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein includes Si02 60-72 mol.%, A120 3.4-8 mol.%, Na20 13-16 mol.%, K20 0-1 mol.%, MgO 3.3-6 mol.%, Ti02 0-0.2 mol.%, Fe20 0.01- 0.15 mol.%, CaO 6.5-9 mol.%, and/or S0 0.02-0.4 mol.%. Examples
[00222] Apparatus setup - As detailed above, the apparatus comprises three zones - a hot zone, a transition zone, and a cool or quench zone. The gaps between the top and bottom thermal bearings (heat sinks) in the hot zone and the quench zone are set to the desired spacings. Gas flow rates in the hot zone, transition zone, and quench zone are set to ensure centering of the glass material, sheet or part on the air-bearing. The hot zone is pre-heated to the desired T0, the temperature from which the glass article will be subsequently quenched. To ensure uniform heating, glass articles are pre-heated in a separate pre-heating apparatus, such as a batch or continuous furnace. Generally, glass sheets are pre-heated for greater than 5 minutes prior to loading in the hot zone. For soda-lime glasses, pre-heating is done around 450°C. After the preheat phase, the glass article is loaded into the hot zone and allowed to equilibrate, where equilibration is where the glass is uniformly at T0. T0 can be determined by the level of strengthening/tempering desired, but is generally kept in the range between the softening point and the glass transition temperature. The time to equilibration is dependent at least on the thickness of the glass. For example, for glass sheets of approximately 1.1 mm or less, equilibration occurs in approximately 10 seconds. For 3 mm glass sheets, equilibration occurs in approximately 10 seconds to 30 seconds. For thicker sheets, up to approximately 6 mm, the equilibration time may be on the order of 60 seconds. Once the glass has equilibrated to T0, it is rapidly transferred through the transition zone on air bearings and into the cool or quench zone. The glass article rapidly quenches in the quench zone to a temperature below the glass transition temperature, Tg. The glass sheet can be maintained in the quench zone for any period of time from 1 second, 10 seconds, or to several minutes or more, depending on the degree of quench desired and/or the desired temperature of the glass at removal. Upon removal the glass is optionally allowed to cool before handling.
[00223] The following examples are summarized in Table VI.
[00224] Example 1 - A soda-lime silicate glass plate (e.g., glass comprising at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, and/or at least 10% sodium oxide by weight, and/or at least 7% calcium oxide by weight) of 5.7 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a To of 690°C for 60 seconds. After equilibrating to To, it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone filled with helium, which has a gap of 91 μπι (wherein the gap is the distance between the surface of the glass sheet and the nearest heat sink), where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has a surface compression of -312 MPa, a central tension of 127 MPa, and a flatness of 83 μπι.
[00225] Example 2 - A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 5.7 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 690°C for 60 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 91 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has a surface compression of -317 MPa, a central tension of 133 MPa, and a flatness of about 89.7 micrometers.
[00226] Example 3 - A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 1.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 700°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone filled with helium, which has a gap of 56 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has a surface fictive temperature measured to be 661°C, a surface compression of -176 MPa, a central tension of 89 MPa, a flatness of 190 μπι, and a Vicker's cracking threshold of 10-20 N.
[00227] Example 4 - A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 0.55 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 720°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 25 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.227 cal/(cm2- s-°C). The resulting article has a surface compression of -176 MPa and a central tension of 63 MPa. Also, the resulting strengthened articles had a flatness of about 168 (for the initial 710° C temperature sample) and 125 micrometers (for the initial 720° C temperature sample).
[00228] Example 5 - A CORNING® GORILLA® Glass plate of 1.5 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 790°C for 30 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 226 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds. The glass article has an improvement in flatness measured to be 113 μπι pre-processing and 58 μπι post-processing. [00229] Example 6 - A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 0.7 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a To of 730°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone filled with helium, which has a gap of 31 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.184 cal/(cm2-s-°C). The resulting article has a surface compression of -206 MPa, a central tension of 100 MPa, and a flatness of 82 μπι. Upon fracture, the glass sheet is observed to "dice" (using standard terminology for 2 mm thickness or greater sheet dicing - i.e., a 5x5 cm square of glass sheet breaks into 40 or more pieces) suggesting that the sheet is fully tempered.
[00230] Example 7 - A Borofloat-33 glass plate of 3.3 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 800°C for 30 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 119 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has a flatness of 120 μπι. Upon fracture of the part it is observed to "dice" (using standard terminology for 2 mm or greater thickness sheet dicing - i.e., a 5x5 cm square of glass sheet breaks into 40 or more pieces) showing that the sheet is fully tempered.
[00231] Example 8 - A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 3.2 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 690°C for 30 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 84 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has a surface compression of -218 MPa, a central tension of 105 MPa, and a flatness of 84 μπι.
[00232] Example 9 - A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 0.3 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 630°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 159 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has membrane stresses which are observable by gray field polarimetry, suggesting the glass has incorporated the thermal stress.
[00233] Example 10 - A CORNING® GORILLA® Glass plate of 0.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 820°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 141 μηι, where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.042 cal/(cm2-s-°C). Upon fracture, the resulting article displays behavior consistent with a residually stressed glass.
[00234] Example 11 - A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 1.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a To of 700°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 65 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.086 cal/(cm2- s-°C). The resulting article has a surface fictive temperature measured to be 657°C, a surface compression of -201 MPa, a central tension of 98 MPa, a flatness of 158 μπι, and a Vicker's cracking threshold of 10-20 N.
[00235] Example 12 - A CORNING® GORILLA® Glass plate of 1.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 810°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone which has a gap of 86 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.069 cal/(cm2- s-°C). The resulting article has a surface fictive temperature measured to be 71 1°C, a surface compression of -201 MPa, a central tension of 67 MPa, and a Vicker' s cracking threshold of 20- 30 N.
[00236] Example 13 - A CORNING® GORILLA® Glass plate of 1.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 800°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 91 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has a surface fictive temperature measured to be 747°C, a surface compression of -138 MPa, a central tension of 53 MPa, a flatness of 66 μπι, and a Vicker's cracking threshold of 20-30 N. Table VI
Figure imgf000081_0001
[00237] Additional Example - a 5.7 mm thick sheet of glass comprising at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, and/or at least 10% sodium oxide by weight, and/or at least 7% calcium oxide by weight was run with helium gas and gaps 204a, 204b (FIG. 21) of about 90 micrometers. The glass was heated to an initial temperature of about 690° C and quickly cooled. The resulting strengthened article had a negative tensile stress of about 300 MPa on surfaces thereof and a positive tensile stress of about 121 MPa in the center. Also, the resulting strengthened article had a flatness of about 106.9 micrometers.
[00238] Additional Example - In one experiment using inventive technology disclosed herein, a 1.1 mm thick sheet of glass comprising at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, and/or at least 10%) sodium oxide by weight, and/or at least 7% calcium oxide by weight was run with helium gas and gaps 204a, 204b (FIG. 21) of about 160 micrometers. The glass was heated to an initial temperature of about 680° C and quickly cooled. The resulting strengthened article had a negative tensile stress of about 112 MPa on surfaces thereof and a positive tensile stress of about 54 MPa in the center. Prior to strengthening, the sheet of glass had a flatness of about 96 micrometers, but the resulting strengthened article had a flatness of about 60 micrometers.
Accordingly, the strengthening process also flattened the strengthened glass or glass ceramic article. Curved Glass Strengthening System including High Conduction Cooling Zone
[00239] Referring generally to FIGS. 31-44, various embodiments of conductive thermal tempering systems and processes configured to temper curved glass articles, such as curved glass sheets, are shown and described. FIG. 45 shows a thermally tempered curved glass sheet, tempered via one of the systems or processes discussed herein. In general, the systems and processes shown in FIGS. 31-44 are substantially the same as the systems and processes shown above (e.g., the systems associated with FIGS. 21-25, the process of FIG. 26, etc.) except as discussed herein. In addition, the glass article shown in FIG. 45 is substantially the same as the various strengthened glass articles discussed herein, however including one or more curved surfaces as discussed below.
[00240] In general, the systems and processes shown in FIGS. 31-44 are configured to conductively cool a curved glass article within a cold zone while the glass article is supported by a gas bearing. In such embodiments, the gas bearings act as heat sinks and the gaps between the glass article and the gas bearing surfaces are small such that glass article is cooled substantially or primarily by conduction of heat across the gap and into the gas bearing. As will be explained in more detail below, in these embodiments, the gas bearing surfaces that face the major surfaces of the curved glass article are shaped to accommodate the curvature of the glass surfaces.
[00241] In addition, in various embodiments, the systems shown in FIGS. 34-44 are configured to receive a glass article, such as a flat glass sheet, and to form a curve into at least one surface of the glass sheet prior to cooling and tempering. Once the desired curvature is formed in the glass sheet, the glass sheet passes into a conductive cooling zone configured to accommodate the curved shape of the glass article.
[00242] Referring to FIGS. 31-33, a curved glass strengthening system 1400 is shown according to an exemplary embodiment. System 1400 is substantially the same as system 300, discussed above, except for the differences discussed herein. System 1400 includes a hot zone 1402, a transition zone 1404, a cold zone 1406 and a load/unload zone 1408. Hot zone 1402 includes a hot zone gas bearing 1410. Transition zone 1404 includes a transition gas bearing 1412. Cold zone 1406 includes a cold zone gas bearing 1414. Load/unload zone 1408 includes a gas bearing 1416. In general, as discussed above regarding system 300, gas bearings 1410, 1412 and 1414 support a glass article, shown as curved glass sheet 1418 (see FIG. 33), between two cushions of gas on opposing sides of curved glass sheet 1418. In general, as discussed above regarding system 300, hot zone 1402 heats glass sheet 1418, and cold zone 1406 is configured to cool curved glass sheet 1418 by conduction to thermally temper the glass sheet 1418. In the embodiment shown, curved glass sheet 1418 is provided to system 1400 shaped to include one or more curve in one more surface of glass sheet 1418. In various embodiments, glass sheet 1418 may be shaped by various methods, including roller-based forming stations upstream from system 1400 or mold-forming operations located upstream from system 1400, and in specific embodiments, curved glass sheet 1418 is cooled following shaping and is provided to system 1400 for tempering. It should be noted that as used herein a glass material or glass article includes a glass, glass ceramic or combination glass and glass ceramic material or article.
[00243] System 1400 is configured to temper a curved glass sheet 1418, and in general, gas bearings 1410, 1412, 1414 and 1416 are shaped to receive and support a curved glass sheet, and specifically the gap 1424 is defined by opposing bearing surfaces is shaped to substantially match a curvature of glass sheet 1418. In this embodiment, glass sheet 1418 is formed into a curved shape prior to being received by system 1400, and system 1400 heats and tempers curved glass sheet 1418 as discussed above.
[00244] Gas bearings 1410, 1412 and 1414 include lower bearing surfaces 1420 and upper bearing surfaces 1422 that extend the length of gas bearings 1410, 1412 and 1414. As shown best at the left edge of FIG. 31, lower bearing surfaces 1420 and upper bearing surfaces 1422 are curved to substantially match the curvature of glass sheet 1418. As shown in FIG. 31, lower bearing surfaces 1420 and upper bearing surfaces 1422 are defined by a radius of curvature, Rl, which is a radius of curvature located in a plane perpendicular to the direction of glass movement or the processing direction shown as arrow 1426 (see FIG. 33). In the embodiment shown, lower bearing surfaces 1420 are convex curved surfaces, and upper bearing surfaces 1422 are concave curved surfaces which defines curved gap 1424. In the embodiment shown, because the same radius of curvature defines lower bearing surfaces 1420 and upper bearing surfaces 1422, curved gap 1424 has a constant height across the width of the bearings such that the shape of gap 1424 substantially matches the curved shape of curved glass sheet 1418.
[00245] Referring to FIG. 33, in various embodiments, Rl substantially matches a radius of curvature, R2, of glass sheet 1418 such that, when located within curved gap 1424, the distance between the lower and upper surfaces of glass sheet 1418 and the opposing bearing surfaces 1420 and 1422, respectively, is substantially constant across the width of system 1400. By maintaining this constant gap size across the width of system 1400, glass sheet 1418 is evenly heated and evenly cooled within the respective sections of system 1400. In particular embodiments, the matched curvature between the bearing surfaces and the glass surfaces within cold zone 1406 allows for the height of the gaps between the two to be both very small (as discussed above) and constant across the width of the article which in turn allows the curved glass sheet to be cooled primarily by conduction across the width of glass sheet 1418. In various embodiments, in order to maintain this constant gap size, Rl is equal to R2 plus the size of the gap between the bearing surface and the adjacent glass surface (see e.g., 204a and 204b in FIG. 21). In particular embodiments, the size of the gap between the bearing surface and the adjacent glass surface within hot zone 1402 is between 75 μιη and 700 μπι, and the size of the gap between the bearing surface and the adjacent glass surface within cold zone 1406 is between 25 μπι and 300 μιη. In particular embodiments, Rl and R2 are between 500 mm and 20,000 mm, specifically between 500 mm and 15,000 mm, and more specifically between 500 mm and 10,000 mm, and in some such embodiments, glass sheet 1418 is a sheet of automotive glass for use in automotive applications. In various embodiments, Rl is equal to R2, plus or minus 1%, and specifically, plus or minus 0.5%.
[00246] In the embodiment shown, curved glass sheet 1418 is a curved sheet having a concave lower surface, a convex upper surface and a constant cross-sectional profile between the upper and lower surfaces. In other embodiments, curved glass sheet 1418 includes a convex upper surface and a convex lower surface. In yet other embodiments, curved glass sheet 1418 includes a concave upper surface and a concave lower surface. In such embodiments, lower bearing surfaces 1420 and upper bearing surfaces 1422 are curved to match the curvature of the lower and upper surfaces of glass sheet 1418, respectively. [00247] It should be understood that while system 1400 is described having gas bearings shaped to receive a curved glass sheet, other arrangements are contemplated. In various embodiments, the gas bearings are shaped to define gap 1424, which is shaped to receive a cylindrical or tubular glass article, and system 1400 cools and tempers the cylindrical or tubular glass article substantially or primarily via conduction, as discussed above.
[00248] In some embodiments, gap 1424, particularly within cold zone 1406, may be shaped in an asymmetrical manner relative to glass sheet 1418 such that gaps between upper and lower surfaces of glass sheet 1418 and the opposing bearing surfaces varies along the width or length direction. In such embodiments, because gap size relates to heat transfer via conduction, this variability results in differential cooling and therefore, an asymmetrical surface compression stress profiles across the surfaces of glass sheet 1418. In other embodiments, such an
asymmetrical surface compression profile may also be formed by creating a temperature differential (e.g., through differential bearing cooling) within cold zone 1406.
[00249] Referring to FIGS. 34-37, system 1400 is shown including a glass shaping station, according to an exemplary embodiment. In this embodiment, a glass shaping station, shown as shaping station 1430, is located before hot zone 1402. Shaping station 1430 includes a plurality of progressively shaped rollers 1432 having outer surfaces shaped to form the desired curvature into glass sheet 1418. In general, a heated, flat sheet of glass 1434 is fed into shaping station 1430. Progressively shaped rollers 1432 engage the upper and lower surfaces of heated glass sheet 1434 inducing the desired curvature into the glass sheet, forming curved glass sheet 1418. Curved glass sheet 1418 is then fed through system 1400 for tempering as discussed above, forming a curved, tempered glass sheet 1440. As will be understood, the heating provided within hot zone 1402 to achieve shaping varies based on a number of factors, including glass material properties, glass thickness, shaping being formed, etc. In some embodiments, glass sheet 1418 is heated within hot zone 1402 to a temperature such that the viscosity of the glass of glass sheet 1418 is between 10A8.4 poise to 10A10.5 poise, and in some specific embodiments, glass sheet 1418 is provided to hot zone 1402 at a temperature such that the viscosity of the glass of glass sheet 1418 is between 10Λ9.9 poise to 10Λ12.6 poise. [00250] Referring to FIGS. 37-39, a curved glass strengthening system 1500 is shown according to an exemplary embodiment. System 1500 is substantially the same as system 1400, discussed above, except as discussed herein. In general, system 1500 is configured to receive a flat sheet of glass and to shape the flat sheet of glass prior to cooling/tempering, and in particular are configured to shape the glass sheet in a non-contact environment. In the specific
embodiment shown, system 1500 includes a hot zone 1502 that is configured to both heat a glass article prior to tempering and to shape the glass sheet while it is hot while supported between opposing gas bearings.
[00251] Hot zone 1502 includes a heated gas bearing 1504. Heated gas bearing 1504 includes a lower bearing surface 1506 and an upper bearing surface 1508. In general, bearing surfaces 1506 and 1508 are substantially flat, planar surfaces at the beginning 1510 of hot zone 1502. The curvature of surfaces 1506 and 1508 gradually increase in the processing direction shown by arrow 1426 such that at the output end 1514, surfaces 1506 and 1508 have a curvature, such as Rl, that match the desired curvature of glass article.
[00252] In such embodiments, referring to FIG. 39, glass article 1520 is substantially flat at beginning 1510 of hot zone 1502. As glass article 1520 moves through hot zone 1502 in the direction of arrow 1426, glass article 1520 is heated to above the glass transition temperature, and glass article 1520 is shaped to match the curvature of bearing surfaces 1506 and 1508 at the output end 1514 of hot zone 1502. In general, due to the gas pressure gradient across the curved bearing surfaces, heated glass article is bent or shaped to adopt the shape of bearing surfaces 1506 and 1508 as the article traverses hot zone 1502. This shaping occurs in hot zone 1502 without contacting the surfaces of article 1520 with a solid surface. Once heated and shaped to the desired shape, glass article 1520 is passed into cold zone 1406 for cooling and tempering such that a cooled and tempered curved glass sheet 1522 exits system 1500.
[00253] Referring further to FIG. 39, operation of the gas bearing 1504 to shape glass article 1520 is described in more detail. In various embodiments, gas bearing 1504 acts locally to centralize the softened glass article 1520 and force it to have largely equal gaps between each of its two major surfaces and the adjacent bearing surfaces 1506 and 1508. The stiffness (e.g., the restoring pressure exerted on the glass divided by the local displacement of the glass off-center) of a gas bearing is a function of the supply pressure (and in turn, flow rate of gas supplied to the bearings), the bearing gap, and the effective resistance of the gas to flow through the bearing body (whether it is a solid body with discrete holes or a solid porous media). In various tests, Applicant has operated a gas bearing system as discussed herein at a stiffness of approximately 500,000 Pa/m to flatten a 1.09 mm thick sheet of glass that was at a viscosity of approximately 10A8.5 poise within less than approximately 2 to 3 seconds to a desired centering distance of less than approximately 20 microns. In various embodiments in which the processing time is faster or the glass is thicker than above, the temperature within hot zone 1502 is increased (thereby reducing its viscosity) and/or bearing stiffness is increased. In various embodiments, the bearing stiffness is increased by reducing the gap size and/or increasing the flow and pressure of gas supplied.
[00254] Referring to FIGS. 40-44, embodiments of systems 1400 and 1500 are shown configured to form glass sheets that are curved in at least two directions according to exemplary embodiments. Referring to the embodiment of FIGS. 40 and 41, system 1400 includes lower bearing surfaces 1450 and upper bearing surface 1452. Similar to bearing surfaces 1420 and 1422 discussed above, lower bearing surfaces 1450 and upper bearing surfaces 1452 are defined by a radius of curvature Rl located in a plane perpendicular to the processing direction 1426. In addition, lower bearing surfaces 1450 and upper bearing surfaces 1452 are defined by a radius of curvature, R3, located in a plane parallel to the processing direction 1426. In this arrangement, the gas bearings and gas bearing surfaces 1420 and 1422 slope and curve downward and away from hot zone 1402. Thus, as the glass article 1434 traverses shaping station 1430, a first radius of curvature (see R2 in FIG. 45) is formed in the width direction of glass sheet 1434 and a second radius of curvature is formed in the length direction of glass sheet 1434 (see R4 in FIG. 45) that substantially matches R3. In this arrangement, a glass sheet having at least two radiuses of curvature enter the gas bearings of system 1400 and the radiuses of curvature Rl and R3 of bearing surfaces 1450 and 1452 substantially match the radiuses of curvature R2 and R4 of the shaped glass sheet. Following cooling and tempering, a tempered glass sheet 1456 having curvatures in both the width and length direction exits system 1400. [00255] Referring to the embodiment of FIGS. 42-44, system 1500 includes lower bearing surfaces 1530 and upper bearing surfaces 1532. Similar to bearing surfaces 1506 and 1508 discussed above, lower bearing surfaces 1530 and upper bearing surfaces 1532 are defined by a radius of curvature Rl located in a plane perpendicular to the processing direction 1426. In addition, lower bearing surfaces 1530 and an upper bearing surface 1532 are defined by a radius of curvature, R3, located in a plane parallel to the processing direction 1426. Thus, as glass article 1520 traverses hot zone 1502, a first radius of curvature is formed in the width direction of glass sheet 1520, and as glass article 1520 traverses hot zone 1502, a second radius of curvature is formed in the length direction of glass sheet 1520 (see R4 in FIG. 45) that substantially matches R3. Following cooling and tempering, a tempered glass sheet 1536 having curvatures in both the width and length direction exits system 1500.
Thermally Tempered Curved Glass Article
[00256] Referring to FIG. 45, a curved tempered glass article, shown as glass sheet 1600, is shown according to an exemplary embodiment. It should be understood that glass sheet 1600 may include any of the tempered glass features or characteristics discussed herein, such as compressive surface stresses, central tension, fictive temperatures, CTEs, thicknesses, dicing, stress profiles, materials, sizes, etc. In general, glass sheet 1600 may be curved in at least one direction, shown as radiuses of curvature R2 and/or R4. In some embodiments, glass sheet 1600 is curved in at least two directions, having radiuses of curvature R2 and R4. As discussed above, systems 1400 and 1500 are configured to conductively temper glass sheets having curvatures R2 and/or R4, and in some embodiments, are configured to shape a glass sheet to form curvatures R2 and/or R4.
[00257] In the embodiment shown, glass sheet 1600 includes a first surface 1602 and a second surface 1604. In this embodiment, surface 1602 is a concave curved surface defined by R2 and/or R4, and surface 1604 is a convex curved defined by R2 and/or R4. In other embodiments, both surfaces 1602 and 1604 may be convex surfaces, and in other embodiments, both surfaces 1602 and 1604 may be concave surfaces. In yet other embodiments, first surface 1602 and/or second surface 1604 include substantially flat/planar section(s) and one or more curved surface sections defined by R2 and/or R4.
[00258] In some embodiments, R2 and R4 are not equal to each other such that glass sheet 1600 defines a partial toroidal shaped glass sheet. In other embodiments, R2 and R4 are substantially equal to each other (e.g., within 1% of each other) such that glass sheet 1600 defines a partial spherical shaped glass sheet. In various embodiments, R2 and/or R4 are radiuses of curvature defining the shape of glass sheet 1600 measured between opposing portions of the outer edge or perimeter 1606 of glass sheet 1600. In some such embodiments, R2 and/or R4 are not local curvatures, such as may be found due to surface texture or warp found in an otherwise flat pieces of glass. In some such embodiments, R2 and/or R4 are 1 mm or more. In specific embodiments, R2 and R4 are between 10 mm and 100 mm, and in some such embodiments, glass sheet 1600 with these radiuses are used for consumer electronic devices. In other embodiments, R2 and R4 are between 500 mm and 20,000 mm, specifically between 500 mm and 15,000 mm, and more specifically between 500 mm and 10,000 mm, and in some such embodiments and in some such embodiments, glass sheet 1600 with these radiuses are used for automotive applications. As will be understood, in such embodiments, Rl and R3 defining the shape of the opposing bearing surfaces discussed above substantially match R2 and/or R4, respectively, and therefore, Rl and R3 are also greater than 1 mm.
[00259] In various embodiments, R2 and/or R4 are substantially constant along the width or length, respectively, of glass sheet 1600. In such embodiments, R2 and/or R4 remains within plus or minus 1% of their nominal or average value at all positions along the width and length of sheet 1600 respectively. In other embodiments, R2 and/or R4 may vary along the width or length, respectively, of glass sheet 1600 such that R2 and/or R4 increase or decrease more than 1% along the width and length of sheet 1600, respectively.
[00260] In some embodiments, either R2 or R4 is zero and the other of R2 or R4 is nonzero such that glass sheet 1600 is a partial cylindrical surface curved in a single direction. In various such embodiments, R2 is greater than 1 mm, and glass sheet 1600 is substantially uncurved in a direction perpendicular to the plane of R2. In such embodiments, glass sheet 1600 is uncurved in a direction perpendicular to the plane of R2. In some embodiments, surfaces 1602 and/or 1604 have 100 μιη or less total indicator run-out (TIR), and specifically 50 μπι or less total indicator run-out (TIR), along any 50 mm length along one of surfaces 1602 and/or 1604 measured in the uncurved direction.
[00261] Other aspects and advantages will be apparent from a review of the specification as a whole and the appended claims.
[00262] The construction and arrangements of the glass and glass-ceramic, as shown in the various exemplary embodiments, are illustrative only. Although only a few embodiments have been described in detail in this disclosure, many modifications are possible (e.g., variations in sizes, dimensions, structures, shapes, and proportions of the various elements, values of parameters, mounting arrangements, use of materials, colors, orientations) without materially departing from the novel teachings and advantages of the subject matter described herein. Some elements shown as integrally formed may be constructed of multiple parts or elements, the position of elements may be reversed or otherwise varied, and the nature or number of discrete elements or positions may be altered or varied. The order or sequence of any process, logical algorithm, or method steps may be varied or re-sequenced according to alternative embodiments. Other substitutions, modifications, changes and omissions may also be made in the design, operating conditions and arrangement of the various exemplary embodiments without departing from the scope of the present inventive technology.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is:
1. A strengthened glass article comprising:
a first major surface;
a second major surface opposite the first major surface and separated from the first major surface by a thickness t;
an interior region located between the first and second major surfaces; and an outer edge surface extending between and surrounding the first and second major surfaces such that the outer edge surface defines a perimeter of the article;
wherein the article is thermally tempered such that at the first major surface is under compressive stress;
the strengthened glass article comprising a glass material having a low
temperature linear CTE, expressed in 1/°C, of a CTE, a high temperature linear CTE, expressed in 1/°C, of aLcTE, an elastic modulus, expressed in GPa, of E, a strain temperature, expressed in units of °C, of T ^αίη, and a softening temperature, expressed in units of °C, of Tsoft;
the compressive stress of the first major surface is less than 600 MPa and greater than soft * strain)] '
Figure imgf000091_0001
in units of MPa; wherein P} is given by
P2 is given by
Figure imgf000091_0002
and h is greater than or equal to 0.020; wherein at least a portion of the first major surface is a curved surface comprising a first radius of curvature, wherein the first radius of curvature is 1 mm or more.
2. The strengthened glass article of claim 1, wherein h is between 0.020 and 0.030.
3. The strengthened glass article of claim 1, wherein h is greater than or equal to
0.024.
4. The strengthened glass article of claim 1, wherein h is greater than or equal to
0.028.
5. The strengthened glass article of claim 1, wherein the first major surface is a concave surface, and the second major surface is a convex surface, wherein the first radius of curvature is less than 20,000 mm.
6. The strengthened glass article of claim 5, wherein the first major surface is uncurved in a direction perpendicular to the first radius of curvature such that the first major surface is a partial cylindrical surface.
7. The strengthened glass article of claim 5, wherein the first major surface is comprises a second radius of curvature in a plane perpendicular to the first radius of curvature, wherein the second radius of curvature is 1 mm or more and is less than 20,000 mm.
8. The strengthened glass article of claim 7, wherein the first radius of curvature is substantially equal to the second radius of curvature such that the first major surface is a partial spherical surface.
9. The strengthened glass article of claim 7, wherein the first radius of curvature is not equal to the second radius of curvature such that the first major surface is a partial toroidal surface.
10. The strengthened glass article of claim 1, wherein the first major surface is a convex surface, and the second major surface is a convex surface.
11. The strengthened glass article of claim 1, wherein an average thickness between the first major surface and second major surface is less than 2 mm, wherein a glass material of the glass article has a glass transition temperature and is at least 20% silicon dioxide by weight.
12. The strengthened glass article of claim 1, wherein a surface roughness of the first major surface is between 0.2 and 1.5 nm Ra roughness, and a surface roughness of the second major surface is between 0.2 and 1.5 nm Ra roughness, wherein the first and second major surfaces are flat to at least 50 μπι total indicator run-out along a 50 mm profile of the first and second major surfaces.
13. The strengthened glass article of claim 1, comprising a glass material having a softening temperature, TSOft, expressed in units of °C and an annealing temperature, Tanneai, expressed in units of °C, and the glass article having a surface fictive temperature, Tfs, measured on the first major surface of the glass article expressed in units of °C; wherein the surface fictive temperature of the article satisfies the relation 0s = (Tfs - Tanneai)/(TSOft - Tanneai) with 0s in a range of from 0.2 to 0.9.
14. The strengthened glass article of claim 1, wherein an area of each of the first and second major surfaces is at least 2500 mm2, wherein the glass article is not chemically strengthened such that an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of both the first major surface and the second major surface is the same as an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of the interior region.
15. A process for shaping and thermally strengthening a glass material comprising: heating a glass article above a glass transition temperature of the glass material, the glass article formed from the glass material, the glass article having a first surface and a second surface opposite the first surface;
shaping the heated glass article such that the at least a portion of the first surface is curved and comprises a first radius of curvature, wherein the first radius of curvature is 1 mm or more; and
cooling the heated and shaped glass article in a cooling station, the cooling station including a heat sink having opposing heat sink surfaces facing the first and second surfaces of the glass article such that first and second gaps separate the heat sink surfaces from the first and second surfaces of the glass article, respectively, and such that the heat sink surfaces do not touch either the first surface or the second surface of the glass article;
wherein the glass article is cooled within the cooling station without contacting either the first surface or the second surface to a temperature below the glass transition temperature, wherein the glass article is cooled by transferring thermal energy from the heated glass article to the heat sink by conduction across the gaps such that more than 20% of the thermal energy leaving the heated glass article crosses the gaps and is received by the heat sink.
16. The process of claim 15, further comprising supporting the glass article with a gas bearing that delivers gas to both the first and second surfaces of the glass article, wherein the glass article is supported by the gas bearing during cooling.
17. The process of claim 16, wherein heating occurs within a heating station that delivers heat to the glass article while the glass article is supported by the gas bearing.
18. The process of claim 16, wherein shaping occurs while the glass article is supported by the gas bearing.
19. The process of claim 16, wherein shaping occurs by contacting the glass article with a series of rollers prior to being supported by the gas bearing.
20. The process of claim 15, wherein the heat sink surface facing the first surface is a curved surface defined by a second radius of curvature that is equal to the first radius of curvature plus or minus 1%, wherein the glass article is moved in a direction of a movement axis, wherein the movement axis is perpendicular to a plane containing the second radius of curvature.
21. The process of claim 15, wherein the glass article is a glass sheet, the first surface is a first major surface and the second surface is a second major surface, wherein a width of the glass sheet is at least five times greater than a thickness of the glass sheet.
The process of claim 15, wherein cooling forms a compressive stress on at least one of the first and second surfaces of the glass article, wherein the compressive stress on at least one of the first and second surfaces is greater than 20 MPa, wherein a thickness between the first and second surfaces of the glass article is less than 0.5 mm.
23. A process for thermally strengthening a glass article comprising:
heating a glass article, formed from a glass material, above a glass transition temperature of the glass material, the glass article having a first surface and a second surface opposite the first surface, wherein at least a portion of the first surface is defined by a first radius of curvature, wherein the first radius of curvature is 1 mm or more;
moving the heated glass article into a cooling station including a heat sink having a heat sink surface facing the heated glass article and a gas gap separating the heat sink surface from the heated glass article such that the heat sink surface does not touch the heated glass article; and
cooling the heated glass article to a temperature below the glass transition temperature such that compressive stress on the first surface is created;
wherein the glass article comprising a glass material having a low temperature linear CTE, expressed in 1/°C, of a CTE, a high temperature linear CTE, expressed in 1/°C, of aLcTE, an elastic modulus, expressed in GPa, of E, a strain temperature, expressed in units of °C, of T strain, and a softening temperature, expressed in units of °C, of Tsoft;
wherein the compressive stress of the first surface formed during cooling is less than 600 MPa and greater than soft * strain)] '
Figure imgf000095_0001
in units of MPa; wherein P} is given by
Figure imgf000095_0002
P2 is given by
Figure imgf000096_0001
and h is greater than or equal to 0.020; wherein the glass article is cooled by transferring thermal energy from the heated glass article to the heat sink by conduction across the gap such that more than 20% of the thermal energy leaving the heated glass article crosses the gap and is received by the heat sink.
24. The process of claim 23, wherein h is between 0.020 and 0.030.
25. The process of claim 23, wherein h is greater than or equal to 0.024.
26. The process of claim 23, wherein h is greater than or equal to 0.028.
27. A strengthened glass article comprising:
a first major surface;
a second major surface opposite the first major surface and separated from the first major surface by a thickness, wherein the thickness is less than or equal to 2 mm;
an interior region located between the first and second major surfaces; and an outer edge surface extending between and surrounding the first and second major surfaces such that the outer edge surface defines a perimeter of the article;
wherein the article is thermally tempered such that at least one of the first major surface and the second major surface is under compressive stress;
wherein the compressive stress of at least one of the first major surface and the second major surface is greater than 150 MPa;
wherein at least a portion of the first major surface is a curved surface comprises a first radius of curvature, wherein the first radius of curvature is 1 mm or more.
28. A strengthened glass article comprising:
a first major surface;
a second major surface opposite the first major surface and separated from the first major surface by a thickness, wherein the thickness is less than or equal to 1 mm; an interior region located between the first and second major surfaces; and an outer edge surface extending between and surrounding the first and second major surfaces such that the outer edge surface defines a perimeter of the article;
wherein the article is thermally tempered such that at least one of the first major surface and the second major surface is under compressive stress;
wherein the compressive stress of at least one of the first major surface and the second major surface is greater than 100 MPa;
wherein at least a portion of the first major surface is a curved surface comprises a first radius of curvature, wherein the first radius of curvature is 1 mm or more.
29. A strengthened glass article comprising:
a first major surface;
a second major surface opposite the first major surface and separated from the first major surface by a thickness t;
an interior region located between the first and second major surfaces; and an outer edge surface extending between and surrounding the first and second major surfaces such that the outer edge surface defines a perimeter of the article;
wherein the article is thermally tempered such that at least one of the first major surface and the second major surface is under compressive stress;
wherein the compressive stress of at least one of the first major surface and the second major surface is related to the thickness, such that:
the compressive stress is greater than 300 MPa for t greater than 5 mm;
the compressive stress is greater than 275 MPa for t between 4 mm and 5 mm; the compressive stress is greater than 240 MPa for t between 3 mm and 4 mm; the compressive stress is greater than 200 MPa for t between 2 mm and 3 mm; the compressive stress is greater than 150 MPa for t between 1 mm and 2 mm; the compressive stress is greater than 80 MPa for t between 0.8 mm and 1 mm; the compressive stress is greater than 75 MPa for t between 0.6 mm and 0.8 mm; the compressive stress is greater than 60 MPa for t between 0.4 mm and 0.6 mm; the compressive stress is greater than 40 MPa for t between 0.2 mm and 0.4 mm; and the compressive stress is greater than 25 MPa for t between 0.05 mm and 0.2 mm; wherein at least a portion of the first major surface is a curved surface comprises a first radius of curvature, wherein the first radius of curvature is 1 mm or more.
PCT/US2016/045025 2015-07-30 2016-08-01 Thermally strengthened glass and related systems and methods WO2017020041A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (18)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/814,274 2015-07-30
US14/814,303 US9783448B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-30 Thin dicing glass article
US14/814,363 US10005691B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-30 Damage resistant glass article
US14/814,335 US10077204B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-30 Thin safety glass having improved mechanical characteristics
US14/814,303 2015-07-30
US14/814,293 US9802853B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-30 Fictive temperature in damage-resistant glass having improved mechanical characteristics
US14/814,363 2015-07-30
US14/814,274 US9776905B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-30 Highly strengthened glass article
US14/814,319 US9975801B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-30 High strength glass having improved mechanical characteristics
US14/814,232 US9296638B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-30 Thermally tempered glass and methods and apparatuses for thermal tempering of glass
US14/814,181 2015-07-30
US14/814,293 2015-07-30
US14/814,319 2015-07-30
US14/814,232 2015-07-30
US14/814,335 2015-07-30
US14/814,181 US20160031752A1 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-30 Glass or glass-ceramic for windows, countertops, and other applications
US201662288755P 2016-01-29 2016-01-29
US62/288,755 2016-01-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017020041A1 true WO2017020041A1 (en) 2017-02-02

Family

ID=57886878

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2016/045025 WO2017020041A1 (en) 2015-07-30 2016-08-01 Thermally strengthened glass and related systems and methods

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2017020041A1 (en)

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10611664B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2020-04-07 Corning Incorporated Thermally strengthened architectural glass and related systems and methods
CN113213741A (en) * 2021-06-23 2021-08-06 朱盛菁 Vacuum glass tempering production process and tempering air control system
US11097974B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2021-08-24 Corning Incorporated Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods
CN114853323A (en) * 2022-05-06 2022-08-05 江苏福坤新材料科技有限公司 Processing and manufacturing method of typhoon-resistant glass and horizontal heating equipment thereof
US11485673B2 (en) 2017-08-24 2022-11-01 Corning Incorporated Glasses with improved tempering capabilities
US11643355B2 (en) 2016-01-12 2023-05-09 Corning Incorporated Thin thermally and chemically strengthened glass-based articles
US11697617B2 (en) 2019-08-06 2023-07-11 Corning Incorporated Glass laminate with buried stress spikes to arrest cracks and methods of making the same
US11708296B2 (en) 2017-11-30 2023-07-25 Corning Incorporated Non-iox glasses with high coefficient of thermal expansion and preferential fracture behavior for thermal tempering
US11795102B2 (en) 2016-01-26 2023-10-24 Corning Incorporated Non-contact coated glass and related coating system and method

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB1112781A (en) * 1961-09-22 1968-05-08 Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co Method and apparatus for bending a glass sheet
US4194898A (en) * 1977-09-29 1980-03-25 Pilkington Brothers Limited Method and apparatus for treatment of articles in a fluidized bed
US20050099618A1 (en) 2003-11-10 2005-05-12 Baker Hughes Incorporated Method and apparatus for a downhole spectrometer based on electronically tunable optical filters
EP1547980A1 (en) * 2002-09-04 2005-06-29 Central Glass Company, Limited Thermally tempered glass, and method and apparatus for manufactuing the glass
US8713972B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2014-05-06 Corning Incorporated Precision glass roll forming process and apparatus
US20150027169A1 (en) 2013-07-25 2015-01-29 Corning Incorporated Methods and apparatus for forming a glass ribbon
US9003835B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2015-04-14 Corning Incorporated Precision roll forming of textured sheet glass
WO2016019167A1 (en) * 2014-07-31 2016-02-04 Corning Incorporated Thermally tempered glass and methods and apparatuses for thermal tempering of glass

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB1112781A (en) * 1961-09-22 1968-05-08 Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co Method and apparatus for bending a glass sheet
US4194898A (en) * 1977-09-29 1980-03-25 Pilkington Brothers Limited Method and apparatus for treatment of articles in a fluidized bed
EP1547980A1 (en) * 2002-09-04 2005-06-29 Central Glass Company, Limited Thermally tempered glass, and method and apparatus for manufactuing the glass
US20050099618A1 (en) 2003-11-10 2005-05-12 Baker Hughes Incorporated Method and apparatus for a downhole spectrometer based on electronically tunable optical filters
US8713972B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2014-05-06 Corning Incorporated Precision glass roll forming process and apparatus
US9003835B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2015-04-14 Corning Incorporated Precision roll forming of textured sheet glass
US20150027169A1 (en) 2013-07-25 2015-01-29 Corning Incorporated Methods and apparatus for forming a glass ribbon
WO2016019167A1 (en) * 2014-07-31 2016-02-04 Corning Incorporated Thermally tempered glass and methods and apparatuses for thermal tempering of glass
WO2016019171A1 (en) * 2014-07-31 2016-02-04 Corning Incorporated Glass or glass-ceramic for windows, countertops, and other applications

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
D.R. TALLANT; T.A. MICHALSKE; W.L. SMITH: "The effects of tensile stress on the Raman spectrum of silica glass", J. NON-CRYST. SOLIDS, vol. 106, 1988, pages 380 - 383, XP024062594, DOI: doi:10.1016/0022-3093(88)90292-X

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10611664B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2020-04-07 Corning Incorporated Thermally strengthened architectural glass and related systems and methods
US11097974B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2021-08-24 Corning Incorporated Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods
US11891324B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2024-02-06 Corning Incorporated Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods
US11643355B2 (en) 2016-01-12 2023-05-09 Corning Incorporated Thin thermally and chemically strengthened glass-based articles
US11795102B2 (en) 2016-01-26 2023-10-24 Corning Incorporated Non-contact coated glass and related coating system and method
US11485673B2 (en) 2017-08-24 2022-11-01 Corning Incorporated Glasses with improved tempering capabilities
US11708296B2 (en) 2017-11-30 2023-07-25 Corning Incorporated Non-iox glasses with high coefficient of thermal expansion and preferential fracture behavior for thermal tempering
US11697617B2 (en) 2019-08-06 2023-07-11 Corning Incorporated Glass laminate with buried stress spikes to arrest cracks and methods of making the same
CN113213741A (en) * 2021-06-23 2021-08-06 朱盛菁 Vacuum glass tempering production process and tempering air control system
CN113213741B (en) * 2021-06-23 2022-12-13 朱盛菁 Vacuum glass tempering production process and tempering air control system
CN114853323A (en) * 2022-05-06 2022-08-05 江苏福坤新材料科技有限公司 Processing and manufacturing method of typhoon-resistant glass and horizontal heating equipment thereof

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20190002329A1 (en) Strengthened glass and related systems and methods
US11891324B2 (en) Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods
US10611664B2 (en) Thermally strengthened architectural glass and related systems and methods
WO2017019851A1 (en) Thermally strengthened automotive glass
WO2017020041A1 (en) Thermally strengthened glass and related systems and methods
WO2017019837A1 (en) Thermally strengthened architectural glass and related systems and methods
US20190002330A1 (en) Thermally strengthened automotive glass
WO2017020040A2 (en) Thermally strengthened glass and related systems and methods
US20190047893A1 (en) Thermally strengthened photochromic glass and related systems and methods
KR102544090B1 (en) Thermally strengthened consumer electronics glass and systems and methods therefor
US20240140852A1 (en) Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16750338

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16750338

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1